Upload
others
View
10
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 1
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
COURSES OFFERED
Course Code
(15O) Courses Credits Year / Semester
A. Foundation Technology Courses - 49 Credits (Common to all Programmes)
0101 Communicative English – I 5 I / ODD
0102 Engineering Mathematics – I 8 I / ODD
0103 Engineering Physics – I 5 I / ODD
0104 Engineering Chemistry – I 5 I / ODD
0105 Engineering Physics – I Practical 1 I / ODD
0106 Engineering Chemistry – I Practical 1 I / ODD
0107 Communicative English – II 4 I / EVEN
0108 Engineering Mathematics – II 5 I / EVEN
0109 Applied Mathematics 5 I / EVEN
0110 Engineering Physics – II 4 I / EVEN
0111 Engineering Chemistry – II 4 I / EVEN
0112 Engineering Physics – II Practical 1 I / EVEN
0113 Engineering Chemistry – II Practical 1 I / EVEN
B. Core Technology Courses - 45 Credits
0201 Workshop Practical 1 I / ODD
0202 Engineering Graphics – I 3 I / ODD
0203 Engineering Graphics– II 3 I / EVEN
0204 Computer Applications Practical – I 1 I / ODD
0205 Computer Applications Practical – II 1 I / EVEN
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 2
Course Code
(15O) Courses Credits Year / Semester
5201 Fibre Science and Technology 5 II / ODD
5202 Yarn Manufacture – I 5 II / ODD
5203 Fabric Manufacture– I 6 II / ODD
5204 Textile Wet Processing – I 5 II / EVEN
5205 Basic Engineering 5 II / EVEN
5206 Fibre Identification Practical 2 II / ODD
5207 Yarn Manufacture –I Practical 3 II / ODD
5208 Fabric Manufacture – I Practical 3 II / ODD
5209 Life and Employability Skills Practical 2 II / ODD
C. Applied Technology Courses – 57 Credits
5301 Yarn Manufacture – II 6 II / EVEN
5302 Textile Design 4 II / EVEN
5303 Fabric Manufacture – II 5 III / ODD
5304 Textile Wet Processing – II 4 III / ODD
5305 Garment Manufacture 4 III / ODD
5306 Textile Testing 5 III / ODD
5307 Textile Management 5 III / EVEN
5308 Yarn Manufacture –II Practical 3 II / EVEN
5309 Textile Design Practical 2 II /EVEN
5310 Textile Wet Processing Practical 3 II / EVEN
5311 Fabric Manufacture – II Practical 2 III / ODD
5312 Garment Pattern Making Practical 2 III / ODD
5313 Garment Manufacture Practical 3 III / EVEN
5314 Textile Testing Practical 3 III / ODD
5315 Textile and Garment CAD Practical 2 III / EVEN
5316 Professional Practice & Mini project 2 III / ODD
5317 Project Work 2 III / EVEN
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 3
Course Code
(15O) Courses Credits Year / Semester
D. Diversified Technology Courses – 14 Credits (Any one Group)
Group A
5401A Advanced Textile Manufacture 6 III / EVEN
5402A Garment Quality Control and Merchandising 5 III / EVEN
5403A Advanced Textile Manufacture Practical 3 III / EVEN
Group B
5401B Fashion Designing 6 III / EVEN
5402B Quality Assurance in Textile Processing 5 III / EVEN
5403B Fashion Designing Practical 3 III / EVEN
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 4
CURRICULUM OUTLINE
(Aided and SS Programmes)
SEMESTER I[ODD (I)]
Code
(15O) Course
Theory Practical/Drawing
Tutorial Total Credits
Periods /Week
0101 Communicative English – I 5 - - 5 5
0102 Engineering Mathematics – I 8 - - 8 8
0103 Engineering Physics – I 5 - - 5 5
0104 Engineering Chemistry – I 5 - - 5 5
0105 Engineering Physics – I Practical - 2 - 2 1
0106 Engineering Chemistry – I Practical - 2 - 2 1
0201A Workshop Practical - 3 - 3 1
0202 Engineering Graphics – I - 6 - 6 3
0204 Computer Applications Practical –I - 2 - 2 1
Test - - 2 2 -
TOTAL 23 15 2 40 30
SEMESTER II[EVEN (I)]
Code
(15O) Course
Theory Practical/Drawing
Tutorial Total Credits
Periods /Week
0107 Communicative English – II 4 - 1 5 4
0108 Engineering Mathematics – II 5 - - 5 5
0109 Applied Mathematics 5 - 1 6 5
0110 Engineering Physics – II 4 - 1 5 4
0111 Engineering Chemistry – II 4 - 1 5 4
0112 Engineering Physics – II Practical - 2 - 2 1
0113 Engineering Chemistry – II Practical
- 2 - 2 1
0203 Engineering Graphics – II - 6 - 6 3
0205 Computer Applications Practical– II - 2 - 2 1
Test - - 2 2 -
TOTAL 22 12 6 40 28
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 5
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
CURRICULUM FOR 15O SCHEME
(Effect from June 2016)
SEMESTER III [ODD (II)]
Code
(15O) Course
Theory Drawing /
Practical
Tutorial/
Test Total
Credits
Periods / Week
5201 Fibre Science and Technology 5 - - 5 5
5202 Yarn Manufacture – I 5 - - 5 5
5203 Fabric Manufacture – I 6 - - 6 6
5206 Fibre Identification Practical - 4 - 4 2
5207 Yarn Manufacture – I Practical - 6 - 6 3
5208 Fabric Manufacture – I Practical
- 6 - 6 3
5209 Life and Employability Skills Practical
- 4 - 4 2
Library 1 1 -
Seminar 1 1 -
Test - - 2 2 -
Total 16 20 4 40 26
SEMESTER IV [EVEN (II)]
Code
(15O) Course
Theory Drawing /
Practical
Tutorial/
Test Total
Credits
Periods / Week
5204 Textile Wet Processing – I 5 - - 5 5
5205 Basic Engineering 5 - - 5 5
5301 Yarn Manufacture – II 6 - - 6 6
5302 Textile Design 4 - - 4 4
5308 Yarn Manufacture – II Practical
- 6 - 6 3
5309 Textile Design Practical - 4 - 4 2
5310 Textile Wet Processing Practical
- 6 - 6 3
Library 1 1 -
Seminar 1 1 -
Test - - 2 2 -
Total 20 16 4 40 28
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 6
SEMESTER V [ODD (III)]
Code
(15O) Course
Theory Drawing /
Practical
Tutorial/
Test Total
Credits
Periods / Week
5303 Fabric Manufacture – II 5 - - 5 5
5304 Textile Wet Processing– II 4 - - 4 4
5305 Garment Manufacture 4 - - 4 4
5306 Textile Testing 5 - - 5 5
5311 Fabric Manufacture-II Practical - 4 - 4 2
5312 Garment Pattern Making Practical
- 4 - 4 2
5314 Textile Testing Practical - 6 - 6 3
5316 Professional Practice and Mini Project
- 4 - 4 2
Library 1 1
Seminar 1 1
Test 2 2 -
Total 18 18 4 40 27
SEMESTER VI [EVEN (III)]
Code
(15O) Course
Theory Drawing /
Practical
Tutorial/
Test Total
Credits
Periods / Week
5307 Textile Management 5 - - 5 5
5401 Diversified Course – I Theory * 6 - - 6 6
5402 Diversified Course – II Theory * 5 - - 5 5
5403 Diversified Course Practical * - 6 - 6 3
5313 Garment Manufacture Practical - 6 - 6 3
5315 Textile and Garment CAD Practical
- 4 - 4 2
5317 Project work - 4 - 4 2
Library 1 1
Seminar 1 1
Test 2 2 -
Total 16 20 4 40 26
Note:
* Students can opt Diversified Courses from either Group – A or Group – B in Semester VI
Library and Seminar Periods are allotted in all the semesters. The students must present a power point presentation in each course which will be facilitated by the respective faculty. The hardcopy of the presentation must be collected by the respective faculty for records.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 7
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
For all Theory Courses
Duration of Examination 3 Hours
Continuous Assessment marks 25
Semester End Examination marks 75
Total marks 100
Minimum marks for a pass in a course is 40
(Out of which a minimum of 30 marks is to be scored in the semester-end examination)
For all Practical Courses
Duration of Examination 3 Hours
Continuous Assessment marks 25
Semester End Examination marks 75
Total marks 100
Minimum marks for a pass in a course is 50
(Out of which a minimum of 35 marks is to be scored in the semester-end examination)
PATTERN OF QUESTION PAPERS IN AUTONOMOUS EXAMINATIONS
Time: 3Hrs. Max.Marks:75
PART A (1 to 8)
5 Questions are to be answered out of 8. Answering of 8th question is compulsory. Minimum one question and maximum of two questions from each unit.
(Questions on Definition, Statement, Formula, Statement of Theorem etc.)
5 x 2 Marks 10 Marks
PART B (9 to 16)
5 Questions are to be answered out of 8.Answering of 16th question is compulsory. Minimum one question and maximum of two questions from each unit.
(Short answer type questions.)
5 x 3 Marks 15 Marks
PART C (17 to 21)
All the 5 questions are to be answered. Each question will be either orpattern. This question may have sub-divisions also. One question from each unit
(Descriptive type questions.)
5 x 10 Marks 50 Marks
Total 75 Marks
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 8
Alternative Courses for Second & Third Year under 11O-Scheme to 15O-Scheme
Sem Course Code
11O-Scheme Courses
(Old Scheme)
Sem Course Code
15O-Scheme Courses
(Revised Scheme)
(with effect from October/November 2016 Examinations)
III
5201 Fibre Science and Technology
III
5201 Fibre Science and Technology
5301 Yarn Manufacture - I 5202 Yarn Manufacture - I
5304 Fabric Manufacture - I 5203 Fabric Manufacture - I
5205 Fibre Identification Practical 5206 Fibre Identification Practical
5309 Yarn Manufacture – I Practical 5207 Yarn Manufacture – I Practical
5312 Fabric Manufacture – I Practical 5208 Fabric Manufacture – I Practical
5208 Communication and Life Skills Practical 5209 Life and Employability Skills Practical
(with effect from April 2017 Examinations)
IV
5307 Basic Engineering
IV
5205 Basic Engineering
5202 Chemical Processing -I 5204 Textile Wet Processing -I
5302 Yarn Manufacture – II 5301 Yarn Manufacture – II
5306 Textile Design 5302 Textile Design
5206 Chemical Processing Practical 5310 Textile Wet Processing Practical
5310 Yarn Manufacture – II Practical 5308 Yarn Manufacture - II Practical
5209 Computer Applications Practical - No Alternative Course
(with effect from October/November 2017 Examinations)
V
5204 Textile Testing
V
5306 Textile Testing
5303 Yarn Manufacture - III - No Alternative Course
5203 Chemical Processing -II 5304 Textile Wet Processing -II
5305 Fabric Manufacture - II 5303 Fabric Manufacture - II
5207 Textile Testing Practical 5314 Textile Testing Practical
5311 Yarn Manufacture – III Practical -- No Alternative Course
5313 Fabric Manufacture – II Practical 5311 Fabric Manufacture – II Practical
5315 Professional Practice and
Mini Project 5316
Professional Practice and
Mini Project
(with effect from April 2018 Examinations)
VI
5308 Textile Management
VI
5307 Textile Management
5401A Garment Manufacture -- No Alternative Course
5402A Advanced Textile Manufacture 5401A Advanced Textile Manufacture
5403A Garment Manufacture Practical 5313 Garment Manufacture Practical
5404A Advanced Textile Manufacture Practical 5403A Advanced Textile Manufacture
Practical
5401B Fashion Designing 5401B Fashion Designing
5402B Quality Assurance in Textile Processing 5402B Quality Assurance in Textile Processing
5403B Fashion Designing Practical 5403B Fashion Designing Practical
5404B Quality Assurance in Textile Processing
Practical -- No Alternative Course
5314 Textile & Garment CAD Practical 5315 Textile & Garment CAD Practical
5316
Project Work, In plant Training,
Entrepreneurship, Environment and Disaster Management
5317 Project work
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 9
SEMESTER - III
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 10
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O - 5201
Course Name : FIBRE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week Periods / Semester
Continuous Assessment
Semester - End
Examination Total
Fibre science and Technology
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of
Periods
I FIBRE CLASSIFICATION &FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS 12
II NATURAL CELLULOSE FIBRES 12
III NATURAL PROTEIN FIBRES 12
IV NATURAL POLYMER FIBRES 13
V SYNTHETIC POLYMER FIBRES 13
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C301.1 Categorize the textile fibres and define the terminologies related to polymers, fibres and
filament yarns.
C301.2 Explain the cultivation, properties and uses of natural cellulosic fibres.
C301.3 Describe the production process, properties and uses of natural protein fibres.
C301.4 Discuss the manufacturing processes, properties and uses of natural polymer fibres.
C301.5 Describe the manufacturing processes & properties of synthetic fibres and principles of
various texturising processes.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 11
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C301.1 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
C301.2 - 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
C301.3 - 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
C301.4 1 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
C301.5 1 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
Total 4 15 - - - - - - 10 10 10 5
Correlation
Level 1.3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I FIBRE CLASSIFICATION &FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS .....12 PERIODS
1.1 Classification of fibres: Definition of textile fibre; classification of textile fibres with
regard to origin and chemical nature – Natural, natural polymer and synthetic fibres
with examples. Properties required for an ideal textile fibre. 3 Per
1.2 Terminology related to Fibres: Introduction to common forms of textile fibres; staple
fibre, filament tow UDY, POY and FOY; Dope dyed and delustered fibres.
Types of yarn – spun, continuous filament, mono filament, multi filament, flat and
textured yarn – single, ply and cabled yarns;
Definition of terminology related to polymers; monomer, polymer, homopolymer,
copolymer, main monomer, monomer, oligomer, repeat unit, merweight,
polymerisation, degree of polymerisation, polymer molecular weight.
6 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kaoq8Mc4xxw for polymerisation process)
1.3 Fibre structure: Orientation and crystallinity; Crystalline and amorphous content of
common natural and man made fibres. End uses of textile fibres. 3 Per
UNIT – II NATURAL CELLULOSE FIBRES .....12 PERIODS
2.1 Cotton: Stages in the growth and development of the cotton fibre. Cotton maturity – mature, half mature, and dead fibres. Effect of immaturity in spinning and further processes– Cotton producing countries and states in India.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vfds4KyaJjI for cotton cultivation)
2.2 Cotton Structure and Properties: Physical structure of cotton; chemical composition of raw cotton. Commercial classification of world cottons with brief details of their length, fineness, colour and spinnability. Important cotton varieties grown in India and their characteristics; Physical and chemical properties of cotton. Uses of cotton. Brief study of Organic cotton &Hybrid Cotton.
4Per
2.3 Jute : Cultivation and harvesting of jute; Steps in the extraction of the fibre from plant. Physical and chemical properties of jute. Uses of jute – Major jute producing countries and states in India.
5Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 12
Flax : Cultivation and harvesting of flax; Steps in the extraction of fibre from the plant. Physical and chemical properties of flax – Uses of flax. Uses of kapok, ramie, hemp, soya, banana, sisal ,pine apple and bamboo fibres – Major flax producing countries.
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=07mMlazrXYE for harvesting jute)
UNIT –III NATURAL PROTEIN FIBRES - SILK &WOOL .....12 PERIODS
3.1 Silk: Names of major silk producing countries. Different types of silk– wild and
cultivated silk. Sericulture and life cycle of silk worm. Silk reeling, throwing and
doubling ;Types of silk yarn commonly produced Degumming of silk and weighting of
silk – Differences between raw and degummed silk .Waste silk – noils, dupion silk;
Chemical composition of silk. Physical and chemical properties of silk. Uses of silk.
Outline of process for the manufacture of spun silk.
6 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wOEJ_78L29c for silk reeling)
3.2 Wool: Names of major wool producing countries. Classification of wool with respect to
sheep and by fleece. Grading of wool – American system and the British systems.
Physical and chemical structure of wool. Chemical composition of raw wool.
differences in characteristics of woolen and worsted yarn and fabric. Brief study on
Virgin wool and remanufactured wool. Importance of wool marks. Physical and
chemical properties of wool. Uses of wool.
6 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3DvddZZW1HA for shearing of wool)
UNIT – IV NATURAL POLYMER FIBRES ..... 13 PERIODS
4.1 Viscose Rayon: Introduction to rayon– Names of manufacturers of rayon’s; Chemical
reactions in viscose rayon manufacture; Process flow and sequences in the
manufacture of viscose solution from its raw materials
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9-Arybl6evcfor woodpulp production )
4.2 Process and Properties of Viscose: Outline the process sequence in the production of
viscose staple fibre. Physical and chemical properties of viscose rayon fibre. Uses of
viscose rayon fibre.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5QFOnZ3TLHQ for viscose rayon manufacturing)
4.3 Spinning of Polynosic: Wet spinning of polynosic fibre. Physical and chemical
properties of polynosic rayon fibre. Uses of polynosic rayon fibre. 3 Per
4.4 Modification of Viscose rayon:Modifications in the regular viscose process for the
production of high tenacity viscose rayon; Properties and uses of HT rayon; Outline of
Lyocell production; Properties of Lyocell (in comparison with regular / HT viscose and
other rayon).Uses of Lyocell.
4 Per
UNIT –V SYNTHETIC POLYMER FIBRES ..... 13 PERIODS
5.1 Nylon 6: Manufacture processes of the Nylon 6 filament. Physical and chemical
properties of Nylon 6 fibre. Uses of the fibre. Properties and uses of high tenacity
nylon 6 yarn – Names of manufacturers of Nylon 6 fibres in India.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4GxeSO7DyaE for manufacturing of nylon filament)
5.2 Nylon 66: Manufacture processes of the Nylon 66 filament. Physical and chemical
properties of Nylon 66 fibre. Uses of the fibre. Uses of Nomex and Kevlar fibres –
Names of manufacturers of Nylon 66 fibres in India
3 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 13
5.3 Polyester : Manufacture processes of the polyester continuous filament yarn and
staple fibre form.Physical and chemical properties of PET fibre– Uses of PET fibre –
Names of manufacturers of Polyester fibre (PET) in India.Brief study of principles of
Draw and Air – jet Texturising
3 Per
(Refer Web link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VJGbg6zIugsfor manufacturing of polyester filament)
5.4 Acrylic and Special Fibres: Sequence of processes in the manufacture of acrylic staple
fibre. Physical and chemical properties of acrylic fibre. Uses of acrylic fibre. Uses of
polyethylene, LDPE,HDPE, Polypropylene, spandex, modacrylic, hi– bulk acrylic,glass ,
asbestos ,carbon and metal fibres – Name of manufacturers of acrylic fibres in India
4 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES:
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand real time
applications :
1. M/s.District Sericulture Complex, Salem
2. M/s. The Salem Polypacks Ltd., Rasipuram
3. M/s. Avinaash Silk , Salem
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Innovation of New Fibres
2. Applications of High Performance fibres
III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile manufacture process.com
2. http..//www.textilecoolsocial.net
3. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Textile Fibres J.Gorden Cook
Woodhead Publishing
Ltd., Cambridge
England
2001
2. Man Made Fibres R.W.Moncrieff Mc Graw Hill 1975
3. Textile fibres 2nd Revised
Edition Vol .I Prof V.A.Shenai
Sevak Publications
Mumbai. 2000
4. Textiles;Fibres to Fabric Prof. Bernard
Corbman Mc Graw hill 1993
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 14
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
5. Textile fibres Prof. V.K.Kothari IAFL publications 2000
6. Fibre science and Technology Premamoy Ghosh Tata Mc Graw Hill 2004
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Elements of fibre science Williams S. Murphy Abishek publications
Chennai 2002
2. Fibre science and Technology Akira Namamura Oxford &IBH publishing
co, Chennai. 2000
3. Waste silk spinning Hollins Rayner Abishek publications
Chennai. 1998
4. Woollen spinning Vickerman Abishek publications
Chennai 1998
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 15
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fibre Science and Technology
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O-5201
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is a textile fibre? I R
2. Mention the crystalline, Amorphous content for any two fibres. I R
3. Mention any four cotton producing countries. II R
4. Mention the sequence of processes in flax fibre extraction. II R
5. What is virgin wool? III R & U
6. Mention the various types of rayon’s available. IV R
7. Mention the uses of acrylic fibre. V R & U
8. State the difference between woollen and worsted system. III An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What is dope dyed yarn and Delustered yarn? I U
10. How can cotton fibre be identified? II U
11. What do you understand by Cotton maturity? II U
12. Explain the different types of silk. III R
13. What is the difference between raw silk and degummed silk? III An
14. List the uses of Lyocell. IV R
15. State any three physical and chemical properties of polyethylene. V R
16. Why is texturising is needed for synthetic yarns? V An
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 16
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. How are textile fibres classified? Give examples for each of them. I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the Properties required for an ideal textile fibre. I R & U 10
18. A. With a line sketch, explain the physical structure of a cotton fibre
and write the chemical composition of cotton.
II R 10
(OR)
B. How is jute fibre extracted from its stalk after harvest? Explain. II R & U 10
19. A. Explain the production of reeled silk from cocoons. Draw suitable
line sketches.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the physical and chemical properties of wool. III R 10
20. A. Explain the process sequence in the manufacture of viscose rayon,
with suitable Block diagrams.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the physical and chemical properties of polynosic rayon. IV R 10
21. A. Explain in brief the production of nylon6 filament yarn from its raw
material.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the manufacture of acrylic filament yarn by any one
spinning method.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 17
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fibre Science and Technology
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O-5201
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is a natural fibre? I R
2. Mention the major jute producing countries. II R
3. What are convolutions in cotton? II R
4. What is meant by silk cocoon? III R
5. What is recycled wool? III R
6. What is the use of Topham box in rayon manufacture? IV R
7. What are the raw materials required for manufacturing nylon 66 fibres? V R
8. Mention the spinning method used for acrylic fibre manufacture and state
its reasons. V An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What is regenerated yarn? I R
10. What is dry spinning? I R
11. State the uses of flax. II R
12. Draw the longitudinal, cross sectional view of jute fibre. III R
13. Mention the process sequence in viscose rayon manufacture. IV R
14. Explain the principle of Draw texturising. IV R & U
15. State any three physical and chemical properties of Nylon 6. V R
16. Why polynosic rayon is called as high wet modulus rayon? IV R & U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 18
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Describe the important characteristics of a textile fibre. I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain a) orientation and crystallinity b) End uses of textile fibres I R & U 10
18. A. State the important physical and chemical properties of cotton
fibre.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the sequence of processes in the extraction of flax fibre
from the plant source.
II R & U 10
19. A. Explain the life cycle of silk worm with necessary sketches. III R & U 10
(OR)
B. How is wool classified by sheep and by fleece? Explain. III R & U 10
20. A. With a line sketch, explain in detail the wet spinning and post
spinning of viscose rayon.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the modifications In the regular viscose process for the
production of HT rayon and also Write its properties and uses.
IV R & U 10
21. A. Explain the steps in the manufacture of Nylon66 filament yarn
from its raw materials.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. State the physical and chemical properties of polyester and
mention their uses.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 19
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 5202
Course Name : YARN MANUFACTURE – I
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods / Week
Periods / Semester
Continuous Assessment
Semester– End
Examination Total
Yarn
Manufacture – I 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I GINNING,MIXING AND OPENING MACHINES 12
II CLEANING MACHINES,SCUTCHER AND LAP FORMING 12
III CARDING 12
IV MODERN DEVELOPMENTS IN CARDING 13
V DRAWFRAME 13
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C302.1 Explain the principles and working of ginning, mixing, preliminary opening and cleaning machines.
C302.2 Describe the working of beaters, Scutcher, quality norms, maintenance and calculations pertaining to Blowroom.
C302.3 Explain the principle and mechanism of fibre individualization in carding.
C302.4 Describe the latest technologies, quality norms and calculations relevant to Carding machine
C302.5 Explain the fibre parallelization, latest developments, maintenance and calculations in Draw frame
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 20
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C302.1 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C302.2 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 - 2 2 3 2
C302.3 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C302.4 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C302.5 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C302 Total 3 15 10 10 1 1 2 - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 1 1 1 - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT– I GINNING, MIXING AND OPENING MACHINES .....12 PERIODS
1.1 Ginning : Objects – types of Ginning– working of knife roller gin– defects in
ginning– causes and remedies 2 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3prPlanYtW0 for working of Ginning machine)
1.2 Bale Opening Machines : Objects of Blow room–principles of opening and cleaning
– construction and working of automatic bale opening machine – BLENDOMAT
Machine –construction and working of mixing bale opener
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q2cTU7l0teY for working of BLENDOMAT )
1.3 Mixing: Objects – methods of mixing– fibre properties to be considered for mixing
Objects of blending – comparison between mixing and blending – antistatic agents
used in mixing – construction and working of Multimixer and Unimix.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxK008cHtWM for working of Unimix)
1.4 Contamination Remover: Construction and working of hopper feeder –
Contamination– definition – Effect of contamination–construction and working of
contamination remover– Vision shield.
3 Per
UNIT–II CLEANING MACHINES, SCUTCHER AND LAP FORMING .....12 PERIODS
2.1 Opening & Cleaning Machines : Construction and working of Step cleaner, Mono
cylinder cleaner, ERM cleaner,Pre– Cleaner CL – P and CLEANOMAT CL– C1 and
Kirschner beater.
2 Per
2.2 Scutcher : Objects– passage of material through single process scutcher – brief
study of lap length measuring motion and automatic lap doffing. 2 Per
2.3 Ancillary Equipments : Objects of condenser, two way distributor , Bye pass
arrangement and safety devices–metal extractors –brief study of electronic metal
extractors –fire eliminators
2 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 21
2.4 Dust extraction in blow room : Brief study of automatic waste evacuation system
(AWES) and automatic waste baling system – construction and working of
Dedusting machine
1 Per
2.5 Quality norms for Blow room lap : Defects in blow room – causes and remedies–
modern features of blow room – trash % in lap, cleaning efficiency ,lap C.V % –
Maintenance schedule of Blow room – RH% in Blow room
2 Per
2.6 Blow room sequence : Blow room sequence employed for fine, medium and coarse
cotton (latest openers and beaters ) –flow chart only 1 Per
2.7 Blow room calculations: Calculations pertaining to speed, hank of lap, production
and efficiency of scutcher 2 Per
(Refer Web Link :http://textalks.com/rieter-rsb-d40-an-introductional-animation/ and
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f19bY-esqKs for working of Blowroom line machines)
UNIT–III CARDING ....12 PERIODS
3.1 Carding : Objects–carding and stripping actions – passage of material through High
Production card –study of different parts of a carding machine and their functions 4 Per
3.2 Card Settings : Different setting points in carding machine–frequency of setting–
gauges used–Card settings recommended for different grades of cotton and
manmade fibres– types of waste collected from carding machine
3 Per
3.3 Card clothing : Types of card clothing –brief study of metallic wire specifications of
licker – in , cylinder ,doffer and flats (PPSI, Angle of wire points, Height and width )
for cotton processing
3 Per
3.4 Card wires Grinding: Objects – types of grinding – grinding schedule–Study of fibre
arrangements in card sliver. 2 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pYruLp-X2Jw for working of a Card)
UNIT –IV MODERN DEVELOPMENTS IN CARDING .....13 PERIODS
4.1 Modern Developments in Carding: Licker-in – Flats–Cylinder region.
Brief study on Integrated grinding system [IGS], automatic waste evacuation and
automatic baling. Salient features of modern carding machine
4 Per
4.2 Chute feed system : Construction and working of flock feeder – merits and
demerits of chute feed system 2 Per
4.3 Autoleveller: Objects –open loop and closed loop systems–brief study of working of
autoleveller in modern cards. 2 Per
4.4 Quality norms for Carding Sliver :Defects in card sliver – causes and remedies –
trash % in sliver – card waste % – neps – U% in card sliver –Maintenance
schedule of carding machine – RH% in carding department
2 Per
4.5 Carding calculations: Calculations pertaining to Mechanical draft, Actual draft,
speed, Production, hank and efficiency. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xcJQWiynD-4 for working of a Modern Card)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 22
UNIT–V DRAW FRAME ..... 13 PERIODS
5.1 Drawing : Objects – principles of doubling and drafting – passage of material
through L.R. draw frame – functions of different parts of Draw frame. 2 Per
5.2 Drafting arrangement: Bottom and top rollers – types of top roller weighting
systems – Study of Spring loading of top rollers –Top roller shore hardness.
Construction and working of 3/3 Pressure bar drafting system – Study of fibre
arrangements in draw frame sliver.
3 Per
5.3 Roller setting and Draft : Bottom roller settings and its importance –brief note on
drafting waves–roller slip –roller eccentricity –draft and its distribution. 2 Per
5.4 Auto leveller and Draw frame sliver Defects : Brief study of working of Autoleveller
in modern draw frame– sliver quality monitoring device– stop motions – salient
features of modern draw frames – Defects in draw frame sliver – causes and
remedies –Maintenance schedule of draw frame–RH% in draw frame department.
4 Per
5.5 Draw frame Calculations: Calculations pertaining to speed, draft, production and
efficiency. 2 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CMEUG7QKHLM for of Draw frame)
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand
real time applications :
1. M/s.Sambandam Spinning Mills Unit-I, Salem
2. M/s. Kandagiri Spinning Mills Ltd., Unit-I, Salem
3. M/s. Dharanidhara Spinning Mills Ltd., Salem
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Latest developments in Licker-in, cylinder, doffer and flat wires.
2. Rieter RSB Draw frame – Drafting system – Autoleveller – Salient features
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile manufacture process spinning
2. http..//www.rieter.com
3. http..//www.truetzschler.com
4. http..//www.lakshmimach.com
5. http..//geron.card.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. SITRA , BTRA, ATIRA and NITRA Norms
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 23
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Opening and cleaning W.A.Hunter The Textile Institute
Manchester, U.K. 1992
2. A practical guide to
opening and carding W. Klein
The Textile Institute
Manchester, U.K. 1987
3. A practical guide to
Combing and drawing W. Klein
The Textile Institute
Manchester, U.K. 1987
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Cotton
spinning – Vol 1 William Scott Taggart
Universal Book
Corporation,
Bombay
1996
2. Cotton opening and
picking G. R Merrill Gilbert R-Merrill
1996
3. Cotton carding G. R Merrill 1996
4. Spun yarn technology
Volume I, II , III
Venkatasubramani
Saravana
publications,
Madurai
1998
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 24
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Yarn Manufacture – I
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O-5202
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State the objects of Ginning. Mention the names of ginning machines and their suitability.
I R & U
2. Mention any two modern mixing machines. I R
3. What do you understand by AWES in Blow room? II U
4. Mention any two lap defects in Blow room. II R
5. State the objects of carding machine. III R & U
6. State the object of grinding in a carding machine. Also mention the frequency of grinding in a carding machine.
III R & U
7. Mention the objects of Draw frame. V R & U
8. If the weight per metre of lap is 400grams, find the hank of lap. IV Ap
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State the principles of opening and cleaning in blow room machinery. I R & U
10. Mention the purpose of two way distributor in blow room. II U
11. Draw a simple sketch of Blow room machinery sequence employed for
processing fine variety of cotton. II R & U
12. Mention briefly about carding and stripping actions. III U
13. Mention briefly about chute feed system. IV U
14. State the formula for hank of sliver, mechanical draft and actual draft in a
carding machine. IV Ap
15. Mention briefly about drafting waves in draw frame sliver. V An
16. State the importance of roller setting in a draw frame. V U & Ap
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 25
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of BLENDOMAT automatic bale opening machine.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch explain the working of Unimix. I R & U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch explain the passage of material through single process scutcher.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the production of the scutcher in kg for a shift of 8 hours from the following data:
Calendar roller dia. - 7 inches Efficiency - 88%
Calendar roller speed - 11rpm Wt./metre of lap - 400 gm.
II Ap 10
19. A. With a neat line diagram explain the passage of material through high production card.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch write the important setting points in a high production carding machine for processing medium variety of cotton.
III R & U 10
20. A. With neat sketches briefly explain the developments in the Licker-in, flats and cylinder regions in Latest Generation carding machines.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the working of autoleveller in modern card with a neat sketch.
IV R & U 10
21. A. Trace the passage of material through L.R. draw frame and explain its working.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. State any ten important salient features of modern draw frame. V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 26
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Yarn Manufacture – I
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O-5202
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State the objects of Mixing. I R & U
2. Mention the purpose of vision shield. I U
3. What is the purpose of lap length measuring motion? II U
4. Calculate the hank of lap if wt./metre of lap is 425 grams. II Ap
5. State the speed of licker-in and cylinder in rpm. III R
6. What is the function of flats? III R & U
7. State any two defects in card sliver. IV R & U
8. If hank of card sliver is 0.16Ne, hank of draw frame sliver is 0.165 Ne., No. of
doublings is 8, find the draft in draw frame.
V Ap
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State the advantages of BLENDOMAT automatic bale opening machine. I R & U
10. What is the purpose of electronic metal extractor? II U
11. What are the functions of bye pass arrangement? II R
12. Mention the metallic wire specifications for cylinder, doffer, Licker-in for
processing cotton.
III U
13. Mention the setting between:-
(i)cylinder to flats (ii)cylinder to doffer (iii) cylinder to Licker-in
III U
14. List the advantages and disadvantages of chute feed system. IV U
15. What do you understand by open loop and closed loop Autoleveller? V Ap
16. What is roller eccentricity? Explain its effect on draw frame sliver quality. V Ap
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 27
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of Multi mixer. I R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch explain the working of Hopper feeder. I R & U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of ERM cleaner. II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the working of single process scutcher with a neat sketch. II R & U 10
19. A. Draw the passage of material through High production card and explain.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mention the speeds and settings in a carding machine for 40s mix with a neat sketch.
III R & U 10
20. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of chute feed system. IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the production in kg of a card room per shift of 8 hours.
Hank of lap fed - 0.0012 Ne
Mechanical draft - 98
Doffer speed - 32 rpm
Total waste extracted - 4.8%
No. of cards in the card room - 20
Card room efficiency - 84%
Doffer diameter - 27 inches
IV Ap 10
21. A. Trace the passage of material through Draw frame and explain. V R & U 10
(OR)
B. State and explain at least five defects, their causes and remedies in draw frame sliver.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 28
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 5203
Course Name : FABRIC MANUFACTURE–I
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Fabric
Manufacture – I 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I WINDING 15
II WARPING 14
III SIZING 14
IV LOOM MECHANISM – PRIMARY MOTION 17
V SECONDARY AND AUXILARY MOTION 17
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C303.1 Describe the terminologies, functions of various parts and working of winding machines.
C303.2 Explain the functions of various parts and working of warping machine and calculations related to preparatory processes to weaving.
C303.3 Describe the size preparation, sizing machine and its controls.
C303.4 Demonstrate the primary mechanisms of plain power loom.
C303.5 Explain the mechanisms of secondary, auxiliary motions and production calculation in a plain power loom.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 29
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C303.1 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C303.2 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C303.3 - 3 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C303.4 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C303.5 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
Total 1 15 8 10 - - - - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I WINDING .....15 PERIODS
1.1 Cone Winding: Brief study of Sequence of Process in weaving Preparatory –
Object of winding – terminology related to winding; angle of cone, angle of wind,
traverse, double traverse, number of winds and wind ratio – Passage of Drum
winding machine – brief Introduction to Precision winding machine; passage of
yarn in Precision winding machine.
4 Per
1.2 Auxiliary device: Object of Tensioner – Types of Tensioner ,Merits and Demerits
– Object of Slub Catchers or Yarn Clearers – Study of Electronic Yarn Clearer;
Principles of Photo cell and Capacitance type; Merits and Demerits
3 Per
1.3 Clearers: Definitions for Clearing efficiency and knot factor – Principles of ribbon
formation; Study of Autoconer; Special feature of Schlafhorst Autoconer –
Object of Air and Wet Splicing – Advantages of Splicing – Defects in Cones;
Causes and Remedies
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UlPckcu9R4E for working of High speed cone
winding machine)
1.4 Weft Winding : Object of Weft Winding and rewinding of Weft Yarn – Study of
Schweiter – Passage of Yarn and features – Study of Controls in Weft Winding;
Pirn diameter, bunch, chase length, traverse – Defects in pirns; Causes and
Remedies
4 Per
UNIT – II WARPING .....14 PERIODS
2.1 Warping: Objects – Study of high Speed of Warping machine; Passage of yarn;
Features – Study on the types of creels; ’V’creel, Rectangular creel, Magazine
creel and ‘V’ type moveable creel –Brief study of Electrical warp stop motion,
Expanding comb.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=98q09czOeQ8 for working of warping machine)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 30
2.2 Sectional Warping: Study of Sectional Warping Machine, Passage of yarn – Brief
Study of salient feature of Computerized Sectional Warping Machine – Breaking
norms for broken warping yarn.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7zf8XNYjV-w for working of sectional warping machine)
2.3 Calculation: Calculations on Yarn Numbering –Ne,Tex &Denier
Calculations pertaining to Production of Cone Winding, Pirn Winding, Warping,
Sizing and Plain Power loom
6 Per
UNIT – III SIZING .....14 PERIODS
3.1 Sizing: Object of Sizing – terminology related to Sizing; Warp beam, Sized beam,
Set, Size Pick Up, tape Length and cut length 3 Per
3.2 Sizing Ingredients: Study of Size Ingredients, Type and Functions; Study of Size
Mixing and cooking beck– Precautions to be taken during mixing and cooking 4 Per
3.3 Sizing Machine:– Study of Multi Cylinder Sizing Machine: Passage of warp –
factors affecting size pick – up–object of Cut Marking motion – Measuring
motion
4 Per
3.4 Sizing machine Controls:Objects of Controls in Sizing machine –Brief study of
single end sizing; Advantages of single end sizing. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P-h94uAEy20 for working of multi cylinder sizing
machine)
UNIT – IV LOOM MECHANISMS – PRIMARY MOTION .....17 PERIODS
4.1 Introduction to Weaving: Passage of Warp through a Plain Power Loom – Right
hand and Left hand Looms and Shuttles 2 Per
4.2 Shedding: Object of Shedding – Types of sheds – Working of Negative tappet
shedding motion – advantages and disadvantages of Negative Shedding Motion –
Brief study of Positive tappet shedding – Object, Construction and working of
Counter shaft arrangement
5 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W5BRDDhR0dI for working of Negative tappet
shedding )
4.3 Picking: Object and types of Picking – Construction and Working of Cone over
pick and Side lever Under pick Motions– Methods of altering the picking force–
Objective of Stearn’s parallel picking motion – Shuttle Checking devices
5 Per
4.4 Beat Up: Object and construction and working of crank beat up motion – object
of reed – Eccentricity of Sley and its effect on various sizes of looms – Timing
circle of Primary motions of a tappet Loom
5 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g5_wRrBaGGY for working of Beat-up motion)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 31
UNIT –V SECONDARY AND AUXILIARY MOTIONS .....17 PERIODS
5.1 Take –up Motion: Object and types of take- up motion – Construction and working
of seven wheel take up motion – cloth wind up systems –Definition of Dividend 3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9N17f4yxlSU for working of Take-up motion)
5.2 Let –off Motion: Object and types of let-off motion – Construction and working of
negative let-off motion – Study of Oscillating back rest
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kXZE8B-IiVc for working of let-off motion)
5.3 Weft Stop Motion: Object and types of weft fork motion – Construction and
Working of side weft fork and centre weft fork motions – Comparison between
side and centre weft fork motions
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cTnYIPwK7uo for working of warp stop motion)
5.4 Warp Protector Motion: Object and types of warp protector motion –
Construction and Working of Loose reed and fast reed motions – Comparison
between Loose reed and fast reed motion
6 Per
5.5 Temples: Object and types and construction of temples and their uses 2 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Anandhalakshmi Sizing Mills, Tiruchengode
2. M/s. The Lakshmi Mills Ltd., Palladam
3. M/s. Arthanari Loom Centre, Salem.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Latest developments in winding
2. Modern developments in Sizing
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textilelearners.blog.spot.com
2. http..//www.textile manufacture process weaving
3. http..//www.textileslideshare.net
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. SITRA , BTRA, ATIRA and NITRA Norms
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 32
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Principles of weaving Marks &Robinson The Textile
Institute,
Manchester
1976
2. Woven Fabric
Production– I
NCUTE NCUTE,
New Delhi
2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Hand book of weaving Dr.Sabit Adhenur Technomic
Publishing
Company Inc.
Lancester, Basel,UK
2001
2. Sizing materials,
Methods &Machines
Bhuvanesh C.Goswami
&Rajesh D Anand
Jiwala
Marshel Dekker
Inc., New York
2004
3. Modern Preparation
and Weaving
Machinery
A.Ormerod Butterworths,
London
1983
4. Weaving Calculations R.Sengupta D.B.Taraporevala
sons &co
Ltd.,Mumbai
1996
5. The Mechanism of
Weaving
Talukdar, Sriramulu,
Ajonkar
Mahajan publishers
(P) Ltd., Mumbai
1988
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 33
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fabric Manufacture – I
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O- 5203
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What are the advantages of rewinding? I R
2. State any two features of high speed warping machine. I U
3. List out any four size ingredients used in size mixing. II R
4. Define English count. III R
5. What are the functions of shuttle checking devices? III R
6. State the functions of Oscillating backrest. IV R
7. What are the types of warp protecting mechanisms? IV U
8. State the importance of temples used in plain power loom. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What are the objects of tensioner? I R
10. What are the types of splicing? II R
11. Mention the types of creels used in warping machine. III R
12. What are the factors affect the size pick up? III An
13. What are the controls available in a sizing machine? IV R
14. What are Shuttle checking devices? Explain. IV R & U
15. What are the differences between loose reed and fast reed motions? V An
16. What is the necessity and object of auxiliary motions in a plain power loom? II R & U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 34
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain the different types of Tensioning devices and yarn clearers used in Cone winding machine.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the salient features of Schlafhorst Autoconer. I R & U 10
18. A. Trace the passage of material through sectional warping machine and explain.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the production in kg. of pirn winding machine with the following particulars.
Speed of the pirn - 10000 rpm Time - 8 hrs
Pirn diameter - 26mm Efficiency - 80 %
Count - 40s No.of pirn winding units /m/c - 60
II Ap 10
19. A. What are the functions of size ingredients in size mixing? III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the details of size mixing and cooking III R & U 10
20. A. With a neat sketch explain the passage of through a plain power loom.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the working of side lever under picking mechanism with a neat line diagram.
IV R & U 10
21. A. What is the object of let-off? With a neat sketch explain the working of negative let-off motion.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch explain the working of side weft fork motion. V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 35
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fabric Manufacture – I
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O - 5203
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What are the objects of cone winding ? I R
2. What is the object of tensioner and slub catcher? I U
3. State any two uses of computerized sectional warping machine. II R
4. What are the objects of sizing process? III R
5. Mention the primary motions in plain power loom. III R
6. What are the types of sheds? IV R
7. What are the objects of reed? IV U
8. Why is centre weft fork motion recommended for weaving fine and delicate
fabrics? V U & An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Define angle of cone, angle of wind and traverse. I R & U
10. Mention any two defects in pirns and write their causes and remedies. II U
11. What are the types of warping machines? III R
12. Mention any three precautions taken during size mixing and cooking. III U
13. What are the objects of primary motions in plain power loom? IV U
14. What are the defects found in negative let-off motion? IV R
15. What are the uses of temples? V R
16. How the picking force can be altered in over pick looms? II An
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 36
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Draw the passage of material through Autoconer cone winding machine and explain its working.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the working of Schweiter automatic pirn winding machine with a neat line diagram.
I R & U 10
18. A. Describe the passage of material through high speed beam warping machine with a neat diagram.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the production in kgs of cone winding department with the following particulars.
No. of machine - 10 Time - 8 hr.
No. of drums/Machine - 120 Efficiency - 85%
Drum speed - 1600rpm Count - 20s
Drum dia - 3 1/8 inch
II Ap 10
19. A. Explain with a neat sketch, the passage of material through the multi cylinder sizing machine.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in details various factors affecting the size pickup percentage
III U & An 10
20. A. Explain in detail, the working of a negative tappet shedding mechanism with a neat sketch.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. What is over pick? Describe the working of a cone over pick mechanism with a neat sketch.
IV R & U 10
21. A. Explain the working of seven wheel take-up mechanism with neat sketch.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are warp protector mechanisms? Explain the working of fast reed mechanism with a neat sketch.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 37
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code :15O-5206
Course Name : FIBRE IDENTIFICATION PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Fibre Identification
Practical 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C304.1 Examine the natural fibres by microscope, burning and solubility tests.
C304.2 Identify the synthetic fibres by microscope, burning and solubility tests.
C304.3 Determine the blend proportion for various blended yarn and fabric.
C304.4 Evaluate the mean linear density for mono filament, multi filament and texturised yarn.
C304.5 Estimate the mean twist of continuous multifilament yarn.
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C304.1 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 1 1
C304.2 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 1 1
C304.3 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 1 1
C304.4 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 1 1
C304.5 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 1 1
Total 5 15 15 - - - - 15 10 10 5 5
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 1 1
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 38
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Identification of the natural fibres with their Microscopical views for cotton, Jute, silk, and
wool.
2. Identification of the Man made fibres by examining the Microscopical views for Viscose
rayon, Polyester, nylon and acrylic fibres.
3. Identification of the natural fibres by burning test
4. Identification of the man made fibres by burning test.
5. Identification of the natural fibres using solvent for cotton, jute. Silk and wool
6. Identification of the man made fibres using solvents for viscose rayon and polyester.
7. Identification of the man made fibres using solvents for nylon and acrylic.
8. Determination of the blend proportions in a polyester /viscose spun yarns using solvents.
9. Determination of the blend proportions in a polyester/ cotton spun yarns using solvents.
10. Determination of the blend proportions of the given polyester/ viscose fabric.
11. Determination of the blend proportions of the given polyester/ cotton fabric.
12. Determination of the mean linear density of monofilament yarns.
13. Determination of the mean linear density of multifilament yarns.
14. Determination of the mean linear density of texturised yarns.
15. Determination of the mean twist of continuous multifilament yarn.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1. Dye bath 2 Nos.
2. Glass plate 4 Nos.
3. Microscope 1 No.
4. Single yarn twist tester 1 No.
5. Bunsen burner 2 Nos.
6. Wrap reel 1 No.
7. Single Yarn tensile strength tester 1 No.
8. Conical flask 10 Nos.
9. Test tube 10 Nos.
10. Different types of fibres and blended fabrics. 10 Nos.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 39
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM 15O – SCHEME
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 5207
Course Name : YARN MANUFACTURE – I PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max. Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Yarn Manufacture – I
Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C305.1 Prepare the gearing diagram and calculate the speeds of rotating parts in Hopper Bale Breaker, Step Cleaner and Condenser
C305.2 Prepare the gearing diagram and calculate the speeds of rotating parts in Hopper Feeder, Kirschner Beater and lap forming unit
C305.3 Prepare the gearing diagram and calculate the speeds of revolving parts, draft and draft constants of the carding machine
C305.4 Perform settings between the important parts, maintenance and production calculation of carding machine
C305.5 Prepare gearing diagram, speed, draft and production calculations of draw frame
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C305.1 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C305.2 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C305.3 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C305.4 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C305.5 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C305 Total 5 15 15 10 - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 40
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To draw a neat sketch of passage of material through Hopper Bale breaker and to calculate
the speeds of all rollers and lattices.
2. To draw the passage of material through Step cleaner and to calculate the speeds of all
beaters.
3. To draw the passage of material through condenser and calculate the speeds of cage, cage
delivery roller and speed of the exhaust fan.
4. To draw the passage of material through the Hopper Feeder and calculate the speeds of
evener roller, stripping roller, inclined spiked lattice and vibrating door.
5. To draw passage of material through Kirschner beater and to calculate speeds of Kirschner
beater, pedal roller, cage, cage delivery roller, feed lattice, corrugated wooden roller,
exhaust fan and beats/inch.
6. To draw the passage of material through the lap forming unit and to calculate the speeds of
calendar rollers, Lap rollers, cage, and cage delivery roller and also calculate the production
of scutcher for a shift of 8 Periods from the data available in the machine.
7. To draw the passage of material through High production card. To draw a neat sketch of the
gearing diagram of HPcard/SHP card and to calculate the speeds of cylinder, Licker-in and
doffer.
8. To draw a neat sketch of the gearing diagram of SHP Card and to calculate the speeds of
Feed roller, Lap roller, calendar roller, coiler calendar roller, tube wheel and can bottom.
9. To draw neat sketch of gearing diagram of S.H.P card. Find draft between Lap Roller to Feed
Roller, Feed Roller to Doffer, Doffer to Calendar Roller, Calendar roller to coiler calendar
roller. Also calculate Total draft and Draft constant.
10. To practice on dismantling, assembling of feed plate and setting of Feed plate to licker in,
licker in to cylinder, cylinder to doffer and Cylinder to flats. Also write the various card
settings to process medium staple and long staple cotton.
11. Write about Stripping and Grinding of cylinder and doffer. Calculate the draft change wheel
for a given lap hank to produce the required hank of sliver in a card. Also calculate the
production of the card for a shift of 8 Periods from the data available in the machine.
12. To draw a neat sketch of passage of material through L.R. Draw Frame. To draw a neat
sketch of the gearing plan of L.R.Draw Frame and to calculate the speeds of all rotating
parts.
13. To draw neat sketch of gearing diagram of L.R. Draw Frame and to calculate draft between
intermediate rollers, total draft, break draft and Draft constant.
14. To study Polar drafting system and to calculate the draft change wheel for a given card
sliver hank to produce the required hank of sliver in a Draw frame.
15. To study the draw frame bottom roller settings. To practice on setting of the bottom rollers
to process Long/ Medium/ Short staple cotton in draw frame. Also calculate the production
of draw frame per shift of 8 Per from the data available in the machine.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 41
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Machine Quantity
1. Blowroom Line
Hopper Bale Breaker
Step Cleaner
Single Opener Cleaner
Condenser
Hopper Feeder
Three Bladed Beater
Kirschner Beater
Lap forming Unit
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
2. Carding machines
Textool make
Lakshmi Rieter make
Milltex make
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
3. Draw frames
T &S make
Textool make
Lakshmi Rieter make
Vouk make
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 42
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM 15O – SCHEME
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 5208
Course Name : FABRIC MANUFACTURE – I PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Fabric Manufacture –
I Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C306.1 Explain the functions of important parts, speed and production calculations of Cone winding and pirn winding machines
C306.2 Describe the functions of important parts, speed and production calculations of sectional warping machine.
C306.3 Set the dismantled parts of Shedding and Picking mechanisms
C306.4 Set the dismantled parts of let-off and seven wheel take-up mechanisms
C306.5 Study the auxiliary mechanisms and set the loom brake mechanism.
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C306.1 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C306.2 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C306.3 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C306.4 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C306.5 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Total 5 15 15 10 - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 43
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study the passage of material through cone winding machine and write the functions of
important parts in the machine. Calculate the drum speed and production in kg per drum per
shift of 8 hrs.
2. Study the passage of material through Schweiter pirn winding machine and write the
functions of important parts in the machine. Calculate the pirn speed and production in kg per
spindle per 8 hrs.
3. Study the passage of material through the Sectional warping machine and record the
functions of important parts in the machine. Calculate the swift speed and production in kg
per 8 hrs.
4. Preparation of a section of coloured warp yarns for different patterns.
5. Study the passage of warp and cloth through a plain power loom. Write functions of
important parts.
6. Dismantling and Assembling of Negative Tappet Shedding mechanism in a power loom and
record the settings in the loom.
7. Dismantling and Assembling of Over pick mechanism in a power loom and record the settings
in the loom.
8. Study of Under pick mechanism in a power loom and record the settings in the loom.
9. Study the Beat up mechanism and calculate the eccentricity of sley
10. Calculating the loom dividend in a seven wheel take up mechanism in a loom
11. Dismantling and assembling of seven wheel take up mechanism in a loom.
12. Dismantling and assembling of negative let-off mechanism and Oscillating back rest in a loom.
13. Dismantling and assembling of shuttle box and brake mechanism for normal working
14. Study the loose reed mechanism, its settings in a loom and write the functions of important
parts.
15. Study the Side weft fork motion and its settings in a loom. Write the functions of important
parts.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 44
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Machine Quantity
1. Cone winding machine 1 No.
2. Pirn winding machines
Schweiter make
Victor make
1 No.
1 No.
3. Sectional warping machine 1 No.
4. Plain Power loom
Over pick loom
Under pick loom
Twill &Satin loom
Ruti C loom
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 45
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 5209
Course Name : LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Life and Employability
Skills Practical 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Part Topic No of
Periods
A COMMUNICATION 40
B ENTREPRENEURSHIP, PROJECT PREPARATION, PRODUCTIVITY, OCCUPATIONAL
SAFETY, HEALTH, HAZARD, QUALITY TOOLS&LABOUR WELFARE 15
C ENVIRONMENT, GLOBAL WARMING, POLLUTION 05
TOTAL 60
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C307.1 Listen to audios on environment and answer the questions, make instant sentences and
expressions
C307.2 Introduce themselves and others, describe pictures, solve real time problems, narrate a
story, frame questions and sentences based on the given patterns and speak dialogues
C307.3 Write an effective resume, build team spirit through Group discussions and prepare an
outline of a project
C307.4 Analyze the resources available and make presentations on Entrepreneurship, Marketing
Analysis, Productivity, Quality tools, Occupational safety, Labour welfare legislation and
Gender Sensitization
C307.5 Demonstrate the skills required to fetch employment, protect the environment and
demonstrate professional ethics to become a responsible engineer
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 46
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C307.1 - - - - - 3 - 3 3 3 2 2
C307.2 - - - - - 1 - 3 3 3 2 2
C307.3 - - - - - 1 - 3 3 3 2 2
C307.4 - 1 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 2 2
C307.5 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2
Total - 1 - - 6 8 6 15 15 15 10 10
Correlation
Level - 1 - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL
SYLLABUS
Part Topics Activity Periods
A Communication, Listening, Training, Facing Interviews, Behavioural Skills
Listening
Instant sentence making and Saying expressions/ phrases
Self- introduction/ introducing others
Describe/explain product/object
Problem solving skills / story telling
20 Per
Frame questions based on patterns &Make sentences based on patterns, Dialogue
Prepare resume & Mock interviews
Group Discussion
Prepare an outline of a project
20 Per
B Entrepreneurship, Project Preparation, Marketing Analysis, Support & Procurement
Attend a seminar on Entrepreneurship awareness programme through EDC on the following topics:
Story of successful entrepreneurs
Analyse the marketing strategies
Preparation of project
Schemes available to become an entrepreneur
Make a presentation / write an assignment on any one of the above topics.
05 Per
Productivity – comparison with developed countries, Quality Tools, Circles, Consciousness, Management, House Keeping
Attend an awareness programme /video presentation on the following topics:
Productivity and comparison with developed countries
Total Quality Management
House keeping
Make a presentation / write an assignment on any one of the above topics.
05 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 47
Occupational Safety, Health Hazard, Accident & Safety, First-Aid, Labour Welfare Legislation, Welfare Acts, Gender Sensitization
(a. Important constitutional and legal provisions for women in India
b. Harassment of women at workplace (Prevention & Prohibition & Redressal) Act 2013 c. Guidelines & Norms laid down by Hon’ble Supreme Court in Vishaka and others
d. National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCPCR) e. Protection of Children from sexual offences (POCSO) Act & Rule 6 of POCSO Rules, 2012.
Attend an awareness programme /video presentation on the following topics:
Occupational Safety &Health Hazards
Accident & Safety / First aid
Labour Welfare Legislation and Welfare Acts
Make a presentation / write an assignment on any one of the above topics.
05 Per
C Environment, Global Warming, Pollution
Listen video presentations to develop listening skills
Make a presentation on Green environment in our campus
Prepare an assignment on the causes of global warming and pollution and the ways to reduce
Enact a small skit with the team highlighting the environmental issues
05 Per
LEARNING STRUCTURE 100 Marks
Focus more on Speaking & Listening Skills Attention less on Reading & Writing Skills Apply the skills in fulfilling the Objectives on Focused Topics
a) Listening 25 Marks
1. Deductive Reasoning Skills (taking down notes/hints) 10
2. Cognitive Skills (answering questions) 10
3. Retention Skills (filling in blanks with exact words heard) 05
b) Speaking Extempore/ Prepared 30 Marks
1. Personality/Psychological Skills (instant sentence making/ Problem solving) 05
2. Pleasing & Amiable Skills (say in phrases/expressions) 05
3. Assertive Skills (introducing oneself/ others) 05
4. Expressive Skills (describe/explain things / story telling) 05
5. Fluency/Compatibility Skills (dialogue) 05
6. Leadership/Team Spirit Skills (group discussion) 05
c) Writing & Reading 20 Marks
1. Creative & Reasoning Skills (frame questions on patterns) 05
2. Creative & Composing Skills (make sentences on patterns ) 05
3. Attitude & Aim Skills (prepare resume) 05
4. Entrepreneurship Skills (prepare outline of a project) 05
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 48
d) Continuous Assessment (Internal Marks) 25 Marks
1. Communication related activities recorded in record note 10
2. Presentation / Assignments on the focussed topics must be recorded in record note book 5
3. Model exam 5
4. Attendance 5
INTERNAL MARKS (CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT) 25 Marks
EXTERNAL MARKS AT THE END EXAMINATION 75 Marks
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 49
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
(Autonomous Institution)
LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL
Model Question Paper
Year : II / III
Sem : III / IV / V
Max. Marks: 75
Time : 3 Hrs
PART A
LISTENING (25 MARKS)
1. Listen to passage related to environmental issue take down notes/hints. 10
2. Listen to the passage and answer the following questions. 10
3. Listen to the content and fill in the blanks. 05
PART B
SPEAKING (30 MARKS)
1. Make five instant sentences that you use when you go to a market / shopping Mall 05
2. Present five expressions that you commonly use when you see your teacher at a Shopping Mall.
05
3. Present your Self Introduction 05
4. Describe any newly launched product of your engineering (or) Narrate a story in your own words
05
5. Present a dialogue with your partner about your planned activities regarding your new business that you are about to establish.
05
6. Form a group of six members and discuss on “Effects of Global Warming”. Focus on team spirit and perform the Group Discussion with an appropriate summary.
05
PART B
WRITING & READING (20 MARKS)
1. Frame two new questions from the pattern given by changing sets of words with your own.
a. When do you return?
b. How is his performance?
c. Where has the manager gone?
d. What is the progress today?
e. Why are the machines not functioning?
05
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 50
2. Make two new sentences from the pattern given by changing sets of words with your own.
a. The workers are on strike
b. The labourers were working
in the industry
c. There is a rest room for the workers
d. These are the new products
Launched by our company
e. Almost everyone
have own vehicles
05
3. Prepare a resume for the post of site supervisor in a Manufacturing Company. 05
4. Prepare an outline of a project to obtain a loan. (Provide headings and subheadings).
05
I. GUIDELINES FOR SETTING THE QUESTION PAPER
A. LISTENING
Only topics related to
POLLUTION /
ENVIRONMENT /
GLOBAL WARMING ARE TO BE TAKEN.
These topics are common for all the three types of evaluation.
B. SPEAKING
1. WORDS of common usage
2. Fragments – expression of politeness, courtesy, cordiality, congratulations
3. Introduce yourself as an engineer with designation (or)
Introduce the official visiting your company/department
4. Describe/Explain the product/machine/department (or)
Narrate a story or solution to the given problem
5. Dialogue must be with someone in the place of work.
6. Group of six/eight
Discuss the focused topic prescribed in syllabus
C. WRITING & READING
1. Provide five different structures.
Students are to substitute at least two with some other word/words
2. Provide five different structures.
Students are to substitute at least two with some other word/words
3. Prepare resume for some posts related to industries.
4. Outline of the project (skeleton/structure)
Only the various headings and subheadings
Content is not needed
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 51
II. GUIDELINES FOR RECORDING THE MATERIAL ON THE FOCUSED TOPICS IN THE RECORD NOTE.
Prepare Assignments / PowerPoint Presentations on any five topics, from the list of topics given below: 5 Marks
The Assignments and the print outs of the PowerPoint presentations must be recorded in the record note book.
(5 topics x 15 marks = 75 marks. The Average can be made to 5 marks)
1. Productivity in Industries – Comparison with developed countries 2. Quality Tools, Quality Circles and Quality Consciousness 3. Effective Management 4. House Keeping in Industries 5. Occupational Safety and Hazard 6. Occupational Accident and First Aid 7. Labour Welfare Legislations 8. Labour Welfare Acts and Rights 9. Entrepreneurship 10. Marketing Analysis, Support and Procurement 11. Important Constitutional and Legal Provisions for Women in India. 12. The Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention and Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 13. Guidelines and Norms laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Vishaka and Others 14. The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights(NCPCR) 15. The Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act and Rule of POCSO Rules, 2012 16. Environment 17. Global Warming 18. Pollution 19. Green Assignment 20. List of Successful Entrepreneurs in their domain / region.
LABORATORY REQUIREMENT
1. An echo-free room 2. Necessary furniture and comfortable chairs 3. A minimum of two Computers with internet access 4. A minimum of two different English dailies 5. A minimum of Three Mikes with and without cords 6. Colour Television (minimum size – 29”) 7. DVD/VCD Player with Home Theatre speakers 8. Smart board 9. Projector
SUGGESTED READING
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 52
S.No Title Author Publisher
1. Production and Operations Management SN Chary TMH
2. Essentials of Management Koontz &Weihrich TMH
3. Modern Production/ Operations
Management
E.S. Buffa and R.K. Sarin John Wiley & Sons
4. Production Systems: Planning, Analysis and
control
J.L. Riggs 3rd.,ed., Wiley
5. Productions and Operations Management A.Muhlemann, J.
Oakland and K.Lockyer
Macmillan
6. Operations Research – An Introduction H.A. Taha Prentice Hall of India
7. Operations Research J.K. Sharma Macmillan
8. Business Correspondence & Report writing R.C. Sharma and
K.Mohan
TMH
9. How to prepare for Group Discussion &
Interview(with Audio Cassette)
Prasad TMH
10. Spoken English – A self-learning guide to
conversation practice(with Cassette)
V. Sasikumar,
P.V.Dhamija
Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Ltd
11. Introduction to Environmental Engineering Mackenzie, L.Davis and
A. DavidCornwell
McgrawHill, 3rd Ed
12. Environmental Engineering Peary, Rowe and
Tchobanoglous
McgrawHill
13. Total Quality Management– An
Introductory Text
Paul James Prentice Hall
14. Quality Control and Applications Housen & Ghose
15. Industrial Engineering Management O.P. Khanna DhanpatRai publications
SUGGESTED WEB RESOURCES
1. www.thesmi.com 2. www.oecd.org/std/productivity 3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_labour_law 4. https://ohsonline.com/ 5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Total_quality_management 6. www.msmeonline.tn.gov.in
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 53
SEMESTER– IV
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 54
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O – 5204
Course Name : TEXTILE WET PROCESSING – I
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Textile Wet Processing – I 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I PREPARATORY PROCESS FOR DYEING 12
II MERCERISATION AND DRYING 12
III DYEING OF COTTON FIBERS 12
IV DYEING OF SYNTHETIC, PROTEIN FIBRES AND ITS BLENDS 13
V QUALITY CONTROL 13
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C401.1 Elaborate the different preparatory processes for dyeing.
C401.2 Discuss the mercerisation process and different drying machines.
C401.3 Demonstrate the dyeing of cotton fibres with direct, reactive, vat dyes, azoic dyes and sulphur dyes.
C401.4 Explain the dyeing of protein fibres with acid &cationic dyes, synthetic fibres with disperse dyes and working of garment dyeing machines.
C401.5 Evaluate the fastness properties of different dyed fabrics and examine the efficiency of preparatory processes for dyeing.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 55
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C401.1 2 3 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C401.2 2 3 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C401.3 2 3 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C401.4 2 3 2 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C401.5 1 3 3 2 1 - 2 - 2 2 1 1
Total 9 15 11 10 5 - 2 - 10 10 5 5
Correlation
Level 1.8 3 2.2 2 1 - 2 - 2 2 1 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT- I PREPARATORY PROCESS FOR DYEING …..12 PERIODS
1.1 Singeing & De-sizing: Objects of Singeing –Gas Singeing m/c for woven fabrics –
Precautions for singeing – Singeing of tubular knitted fabrics – brief note on
chemical singeing – Objects of de-sizing– Rot steeping, Acid de-sizing –Brief study
of open width washing m/c.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MZKcTvn2i0E for working of gas singeing
machine)
1.2 Scouring: Objects of Scouring – Mechanism of Scouring, Scouring of goods using
Kier. Knitted fabric scouring using Soft flow machine – Enzymatic scouring – Novel
method of scouring.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UO8HfgHJfds for scouring process)
1.3 Bleaching: Objects of Bleaching – Classification of the Bleaching agents – Properties
and Bleaching mechanism of Hypo chlorites and Hydrogen Peroxide – Novel method
of bleaching – Continuous De-sizing, Scouring and Bleaching of cotton goods in rope
form using Hydrogen Peroxide in J-Box – Combined de-sizing, scouring and
bleaching process – Enzymatic peroxide killer. Optical Brightening agents for full
bleaching – difference between organic processing and chemical processing.
5 Per
UNIT- II MERCERISATION AND DRYING .....12 PERIODS
2.1 Mercerization: Objects – conditions recommended for Mercerization – Importance
of mercerising before dyeing and printing – Fabric mercerising – Chainless
mercerising machine – Principle and procedure of knitted fabric mercerising m/c –
Importance of washing after mercerizing.
5 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cb9abssq7bc for mercerisation process )
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 56
2.2 Hydro extractor: Purpose – centrifugal and suction hydro extractor. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_r9V2qbqIEc for working of Hydro Extractor)
2.3 Drying: Working of vertical drying ranges– Tumble dryer, RF dryer and Balloon
padding. 4 Per
(Refer Web link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HtXNO2mh0AE for working of RF Dryer)
UNIT-III DYEING OF CELLULOSIC FIBRES …..12 PERIODS
3.1 Soluble Dyes: Definitions of Affinity, Substantivity, Exhaustion, Percentage Shade,
Aggregation and M:L ratio – Classification of dyes – Direct dyes – Properties and
its application on cotton – after treatments with dye fixing agents – Reactive dyes –
Properties, application of dyeing of HE, ME and Vinyl sulphone dyes. Brief study of
new classes of Reactive dyes
6 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HoXZLLDOchI for Jigger Dyeing machine)
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sDER5pYlc-M for Winch Dyeing Machine)
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D7uzzccN6f0 for Soft flow Dyeing machine)
3.2 Insoluble Dyes: Types of vat dyes – Properties of VAT dyes – application principle
and procedure using Leuco VAT process – Brief study on Azoic dyes and Sulphur
dyes on cotton.
6 Per
UNIT- IV DYEING OF SYNTHETIC, PROTEIN FIBRES AND ITS BLENDS .....13 PERIODS
4.1 Acid Dyes : Acid dyes – Properties and its application on Wool and Silk . Dyeing of
Nylon with acid dyes. 3 Per
4.2 Cationic dyes: Basic dyes – Properties and its application on Acrylic 2 Per
4.3 Disperse Dyes: Disperse dyes – properties – Characteristics of carriers, carrier
dyeing, HTHP dyeing using beam – jet, thermosol dyeing 2 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cpu3t9ixfbIfor working of HTHP machine)
4.4 Dyeing of blends: PET/Cotton – Single bath and two bath methods Acrylic/Wool –
Two bath method using Cationic / Acid. Melange effect for P/C,P/V blends 3 Per
4.5 Garment dyeing: Definition – types of garment dyeing machine – working of
rotary drum garment dyeing machine only –Garment dyeing Defects– causes and
remedies.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UXwc01N-MtI for Garment Dyeing machine)
UNIT- V QUALITY CONTROL …..13 PERIODS
5.1 Estimation of Desizing, Scouring and Mercerisation:Identification and estimation
of residual starch, Determination of weight loss during desizing and scouring,
Determination of Barium Activity Number of mercerized cotton, Estimation of
oxidative degradation of cotton by copper number. Absorbency test by drop test
and wicking test
6 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 57
5.2 Fastness tests and Computer Colour Matching: Determination of Light fastness by
Xenon Arc lamp – Determination of fastness to Washing – Determination of
fastness to Dry &Wet Rubbing – Determination of fastness to Alkaline, Acidic
Perspiration – Brief study on the Concept of Computer Colour matching –
Advantages of Computer colour matching system and its limitations. Brief note on
whiteness index, yellowness index and brightness index – AATCC norms and
standards for dyeing.
7 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Woh3IMm1o1Q for testing of colour fastness)
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s.SSM Processing Mills Ltd., Komarapalyam
2. M/s. Indi Tex, SIPCOT, Perundurai, Erode.
3. M/s. Pioneer Processing Ltd., Erode
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. The application of plasma technology in dyeing
2. The salt free dyeing of cotton using reactive dye
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.dyeing world.com
2. http..//www.textilelearners.com
3. http..//www.textile slide share.net
4. http..//www.mytextilenotes.com
5. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. BTRA, ATIRA and NITRA Norms
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Textiles Scouring &
Bleaching
Trotman.E.R
Charless Griffins
Co. Ltd, London
1968
2. Technology of Bleaching
&Mercerising
Shenai. V.A
Sevak Publications
Wadala, Mumbai
2000
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 58
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
3. Technology of Dyeing
( Technology of Textile
Processing series Vol. I )
Shenai. V.A
Sevak Publications
Wadala, Mumbai
1980
4. Chemical Technology in
the Colouration of
Textiles – Volume -1
Karmakar.S.R Colour Publications
Pvt Ltd, Mumbai
2007
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Technology of Bleaching
and Dyeing Vol. I Part I
Chakravarthi.R.R &Trivedi
Mahajan Book Depot,
Ahemedabad-9
1980
2. Textile Processing with
Enzymes
A.Cavaco-Paulo andG.M.Gubitz
Woodhead Publishing Ltd,
England
2002
3. Chemical Preparatory
Processes For Textiles.
G.Nalankilli &
A.Edwinsunder
NCUTE Publication, New Delhi
2004
4. Bleaching, Mercerizing and Dyeing.
R.S. Prayag Prayag Publication, Allahabad.
2003
5. Recent Process of
Textile Bleaching,
Dyeing and Finishing
Srivastava SB
SB Srivastava,
S B P Board Consultant, Delhi
1981
6. Dyeing of Polyester
and its Blends
M.L.Gulrajani IIT, Textile Department,
New Delhi
1987
7. The bleaching and
dyeing of cotton material
Prayag R.S
Prayag Publication 1983
8. Basic Principles of
Textile Coloration
ArthurD Broadbent
Society of Dyers and Colourists, Mumbai.
2001
9. Textile
processing with enzymes
A.Cavaco-Paulo &G. M. Gübitz
Woodhead Publishing Ltd,
England
2003
10. Textile Preparation and
dyeing
Asimkumar
Roychoudhury
Oxford &IBH Publishing co,
New Delhi
1996
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 59
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Wet Processing – I
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O - 5204
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Mention the importance of de-sizing? I U
2. What are the objects of singeing? I R
3. What is mercerization? II R
4. State any four properties of reactive dyes. III R
5. Mention any two properties of sulphur dye. III R
6. What is the after treatment process used for disperse dyeing? IV R
7. What are the advantages of garment dyeing? IV U
8. State any two advantages of computer colour matching system. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Mention the classification of de-sizing. I R & An
10. What is enzymatic peroxide killer? II U
11. What are the objects of mercerization? III R
12. Write the classification of dyes. III U
13. What is the use of sodium chloride in reactive dyeing? IV AP
14. What is the function of carrier in disperse dyeing? IV AP
15. Mention the recipe for cationic dyeing with acrylic. V An
16. Why is disperse dye preferred for Polyester fabric dyeing? II U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 60
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the procedure for scouring of cotton in
Kier.
I U 10
(or)
B. With a neat sketch explain the construction and working of open
width washing machine.
I U 10
18. A. Explain in detail about the knitted fabric mercerising machine. II U 10
( or)
B. Explain in detail about the suction hydro extractor. II U 10
19. A. Explain about the procedure for application of direct dyes on
cotton.
III U 10
(or)
B. Write short notes on (i) substantivity (ii) Exhaustion (iii) M:L ratio. III U 10
20. A. Explain in detail about the procedure for application of acid dyes
on wool.
IV U 10
(or)
B. With a neat sketch explain the construction and working of
garment dyeing machine.
IV U 10
21. A. Explain in detail about the estimation of residual starch, weight
reduction in scouring.
V U 10
(or)
B. Explain in detail about the Rubbing fastness property. V U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 61
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Wet Processing – I
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O - 5204
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Mention the precautions to be taken for singeing. I U
2. What are all the objects of bleaching? I R
3. What are the conditions recommended for mercerisation? II R
4. Define the term Affinity. III R
5. What do you understand by vatting? III U
6. Mention four properties of acid dyes. IV R
7. What are the types of garment dyeing machines? IV U
8. What is barium activity number? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Mention the mechanism of scouring. I R
10. Mention the classification of bleaching agents. II U
11. What are the changes are made by the mercerisation in the structure of
cotton? III U
12. Mention the recipe for direct dyeing. III An
13. Mention the after treatment for vat dyeing. IV U
14. Mention the recipe for carrier dyeing. IV An
15. Mention any five garment dyeing defects, their causes and remedies. V An
16. State any three AATCC standards/norms for dyeing. II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 62
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the procedure for knitted fabric
scouring .
I U 10
(or)
B. Describe in detail about the Acid de-sizing and enzymatic de-sizing
.
I U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch explain the construction and working of
chainless mercerization machine.
II U 10
(or)
B. Describe in detail about the centrifugal hydro extractor. II U 10
19. A. Explain any three after treatments for direct dyeing. III U 10
(or)
B. Describe the procedure for application of vat dye on cotton. III U 10
20. A. Explain the procedure for thermosol dyeing of polyester. IV U 10
(or)
B. Describe the procedure for application of cationic dye on acrylic. IV U 10
21. A. What do you understand by copper number and barium activity
number? Explain.
V U 10
(or)
B. What do you understand by whiteness index and yellowness
index? Explain.
V U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 63
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 5205
Course Name : BASIC ENGINEERING
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester - End
Examination Total
Basic
Engineering 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I BASICS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING – I 14
II BASICS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING – II 14
III BASICS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 12
IV BASICS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 09
V BASICS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 13
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C402.1 Summarize about the fuels, applications of steam, importance of boiler and its working, bearings, air compressors.
C402.2 Importance of lubrication, clutches , transmission systems and outline about lathe and its working.
C402.3 Explain the basics of the electrical circuits and machines
C402.4 Summarize the basics of Electronic devices & circuits and outline the operation of Programmable Logic Control
C402.5 Illustrate the types of foundation and explain the constructions of foundations with their safety measures
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 64
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C402.1 2 3 1 2 - - - - 2 2 2 1
C402.2 2 3 1 2 - - - - 2 2 2 1
C402.3 2 3 1 2 - - - - 2 2 2 1
C402.4 2 3 1 2 - - - - 2 2 2 1
C402.5 2 3 1 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 1
Total 10 15 5 10 2 - - - 10 10 10 5
Correlation
Level 2 3 1 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT– I BASICS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - I .....14 PERIODS
1.1 Fuels: Brief study only –Definition of fuel and Calorific Value of Fuel – Use of Steam for Textile Applications.
Boilers: Definition – Types of Boiler – working of simple vertical boiler – boiler selection factors.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/jRVg4ue-_lc)
https://youtu.be/6ptSCmM252E for Fuels & Its types, Specifications)
(Refer Web Link: https://youtu.be/O-oXmEvZYq8 for Simple Vertical Boiler)
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/cUX1RwWu0Ns for Steam uses in Textiles)
1.2 Suction and pump:Principles of suction – Various applications of suction in Textile Industry –Pump –Definition – types – Construction and working of Reciprocating and centrifugal pump – comparison.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://youtu.be/IiE8skW8btEfor Centrifugal Pump)
(Refer Web Link: https://youtu.be/oQqMrtc6kJQ for Reciprocating Pump)
1.3 Bearings and Humidification: Need and importance of bearing – Different types of bearings and their use in Textile Machines – Factors for selection of bearings Constructional details of Ball and Roller bearings. Principles of Humidification and its importance in Textile Industry – Definition of absolute and relative humidity – Norms for maintaining – temperature, humidity in Textile mills
3 Per
(Refer Web Link:https://youtu.be/X8lvK-wBhigfor Humidification & De – Humidification)
1.4 Air compressors and Air conditioning: Brief study – Air compression – Definition – Air Compressors– Construction and working of a simple single stage reciprocating air compressor – Uses of compressed air in Textile applications – Construction and working of a window type air conditioner.
5 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/S08sj8pfJJs for Air – Compressor)
UNIT–II BASICS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING - II .....14 PERIODS
2.1 Lubrication: Definition – Purpose – types of lubrication systems – Desirable qualities of a good lubricant – Study of Continuous lubrication methods – Gravity feed lubrication, Pressure feed Lubrication and oil bath Lubrication.
3 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 65
2.2 Clutches and Brakes:Brief Study – Principle of working of a friction clutch – Principle of working of a shoe brake – Different types of brakes – Application of brakes in Textile Machines – Difference between a clutch and a brake.
Construction and working of single plate friction clutch - Construction and
working of Hydraulic brake – Construction and working of Pneumatic brake
3 Per
2.3 Transmission of motion and power:Brief study – Different types of drives – Brief study of flat, V belt and gear belt drives – merits and demerits – Brief study of bush roller chain drive – advantages and disadvantages Brief study of spur, helical, double helical, bevel, worm and worm gear drives, pawl and ratchet drives – advantages and disadvantages. Cams – different types of cams and followers – Applications of the above drives in textile machines – Need for variable speed drives in Textile machines – Brief study of step less cone pulleys and PIV drives– Principle of Epicyclic gear train
4 Per
2.5 Workshop machines: Brief study of Simple Lathe – Operations – simple line sketch, description and functions of the important parts – Brief Study of Brazing, welding – types of welding.
4 Per
UNIT – III BASICS OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING .....12 PERIODS
3.1
DC circuits: Ohm’s law – voltage, current, power and resistance – Formula for calculation of power and energy.
Alternating quantity: Definition of current, voltage, phase difference, frequency, instantaneous and RMS value. Inductance, capacitance and impedance – Power Factor, disadvantages of low power factor – Improvement of power factor.
True, apparent and reactive power (Definition only ). 3phase supply – Comparison of 3 phase supply and single phase supply.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GHrHRBMjno0 for Basic Electrical)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J6Wa6fhKl4g for ohms, amp, current, circuits)
3.2 Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday’s law (statement) – Generation of induced emf(Fleming’s right hand rule) – Motor working principle(Fleming’s left hand rule). Principle of working of 3phase induction motor – Types – Necessity of starters. Introduction to servo motor.
5 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LtJoJBUSe28for 3 –phase induction motor)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MnQXnEiIUI8for working principle of induction motor)
3.3 Transformers: Principle and working of Transformer – Types of Transformer – Transformation ratio. Earthing – Importance of earthing – Methods of earthing in textile machineries – Electrical safety.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZjwzpoCiF8A for transformer)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VucsoEhB0NAfor working principle of transformer)
UNIT–IV BASICS OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING .....9 PERIODS
4.1 Conductors :Definition of conductors, insulators and semi conductors – PN junction diode – working principle and characteristics – use of diode as rectifiers – Transistors – construction – types – working of NPN Transistor as amplifier. ( CE configuration)
4 Per
4.2 Sensors : Brief note on Sensors –Photo sensor – LDR – use of LDR in Textile machineries – Proximity Sensor – temperature, level, flow and humidity sensors
3Per
4.3 Program Logic Control : Block Diagramof PLC – Applications in Textile mills – Brief 2 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 66
study of Digital Multi meter, Watt meter
UNIT –V BASICS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING .....13 PERIODS
5.1 Foundation : Introduction to components in an Industrial Building – Types of Foundation – Wall Foundation – Spread footing – R.C.C. Isolated footings – Foundation for machineries in Textile Mills
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wgrt4SXU2Ks for Introduction to Civil Engg.)
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nMIl3krK-GIfor Civil foundation)
5.2 Trenches : Construction of trenches and cellars for preparatory machines in Textile mills
2 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J9MzxAzP1pYfor construction of trenches)
5.3 Safety Measures :Fire safety measures as per NBC 2005– Safety against lightening 2 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cAKq58xy2LAforfire safety measures)
5.4 Fire fighting equipments : Fire extinguishers – Fire alarm system 2 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i9GFc4tF87w for fire fighting equipments)
5.5 Roof types : A.C.Sheet – R.C.C. and metal sheeting –Types of false ceilings and their advantages and disadvantages – Maintenance works – Painting and Plumbing works – Doors and windows maintenance
3 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9L2MDG0OLTMfor Roof types)
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s.Lakshmi Card Clothing Manufacturing Company (P) Ltd, Coimbatore
2. Industrial Structure construction site, Salem
3. M/s.Sambandam Spinning Mill Pvt Ltd., Unit – II, Salem
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Different types of gears and its applications in Textile Mills
2. PLC control in Textile Machinery Applications
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
2. http..//www.slide share.com
3. http..//www.textilestudy centre .com
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 67
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Thermal Engineering R.Rudramoorthy Tata McGraw Hills
New Delhi
2010
2. A Text Book on
Hydraulics, Fluid
Mechanics and
Hydraulic machines
R.S.Khurmi S.Chand &Co.,New Delhi 1981
3. A Text Book of
Electrical Technology –
Volume – I
B.L.Theraja
&A.K.Theraja
S.Chand &Co.,New Delhi 2007
4. Basic Electronics B.L.Theraja S.Chand &Co.,New Delhi 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. A Text book on Fluid
Mechanics and
Hydraulic Machines
R.K.Bansal Laxmi Publications,
Chennai.
2012
2. Electronic Devices Millman and
Grab
Tata McGraw Hill 2010
3. Building construction S.C Rangawalla Charota Publishing
House, Gujarat.
2007
4. NBC Code Book Bureau of Indian Standards, Manak Bavan,
Bahdur shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi
2005
5. Welding and welding
Technology
Richard.L.Little Tata McGraw Hill 2005
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 68
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Basic Engineering
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O - 5205
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Mention any two requirements of good fuel. I R & U
2. State any two applications of compressed air in textile mills. I R & U
3. Define instantaneous value of AC supply II R
4. State Ohm’s Law. III R
5. Mention the type of 3 phase induction motor. IV R
6. Write any two merits of false ceiling. V R
7. State any two fire fighting equipments. V R
8. Mention any two types of cams used in Textile machinery. II R
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State any three applications of steam in textile mills. I R & U
10. Draw the neat sketch of centrifugal pump and mention its parts. II R
11. Classify different types of gears. II R
12. Define power factor and write down the disadvantages of low power
factor. III U
13. Differentiate intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor. IV An
14. What are the types of roofs? V R
15. Distinguish the shallow foundation and deep foundation V An
16. State Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction. III R & U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 69
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With neat sketch explain the construction and working of a single
stage reciprocating air compressor.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch, describe the construction and working of a
single window type air conditioner.
I R & U 10
18. A. Describe the construction and working of a friction clutch, with
neat sketches.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Draw a neat sketch a hydraulic brake system and explain the
construction and working.
II R & U 10
19. A. Define frequency, RMS value, impedance, power and capacitance
and state their units.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. With neat diagrams, explain the constructional details of a squirrel
cage induction motor.
III R & U 10
20. A. Explain the working of NPN Transistor with a neat sketch. IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe any three types of sensors. IV R & U 10
21. A. Explain in-built safety measures requires in textile mills against fire
safety as per NBC 2005.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Draw a neat sketch of North light roof with its parts. Write its
merits.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 70
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Basic Engineering
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O - 5205
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define Calorific value of fuel. I R
2. Define air compressor. I R
3. State the different types of welding. II R
4. Define transformer. III R
5. Mention any two applications of diode. IV R & U
6. Define machine foundation. V R
7. List out the ingredients of concrete V R
8. State any two advantages of Bush-Roller chain drive. II R
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Define pump and mention the types. I R
10. What is the purpose of cam and mention the different types of cams? II R & U
11. What are the differences between clutch and brake? II R
12. Illustrate any three types of sensors used in textile machines III R & U
13. State Flemings Right hand rule. IV R
14. Define spread footing and draw a neat sketch of it. V R
15. Mention any six firefighting equipments. V R
16. State the applications of strain gauge in Textiles. III R & U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 71
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch the construction and working of a simple
vertical boiler.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. With necessary sketches,explain the construction and working of
single stage reciprocating air compressor.
I R & U 10
18. A. Describe the operations involved in a lathe with neat sketch. II R & U 10
(OR)
B. In brief, explain the different types of belt drives used in textile
machine their Merits and demerits.
II R & U 10
19. A. With a neat diagram explain the working principle of alternators. III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the working principle of single phase transformer with
neat sketch.
III R & U 10
20. A. Draw the block diagram of Multimeter and explain. IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the construction &working of full wave rectifier with neat
wave forms.
IV R & U 10
21. A. With a neat sketch explain machine foundation based on their
structural form.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the safety measures against fire and lightening? Explain. V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 72
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O – 5301
Course Name : YARN MANUFACTURE – II
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester – End
Examination Total
Yarn
Manufacture – II 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of
Periods
I PREPARATION FOR COMBING AND COMBING 15
II SPEED FRAME 15
III RING FRAME 15
IV YARN TWIST, YARN TENSION AND ITS CONTROL, YARN DEFECTS,
YARN QUALITY &PRODUCTION CALCULATIONS 16
V DOUBLING, REELING, BUNDLING &BALING 16
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C403.1 Explain the principle and working of Comber preparatory machines and Comber
C403.2 Discuss the principle and working of Speed frame , quality norms and production calculations
C403.3 Describe the principle and working of Ring frame.
C403.4 Explain twist, quality norms and production calculations of ring frame
C403.5 Describe the working of doubling, reeling, bundling, baling and packing
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 73
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C403.1 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C403.2 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C403.3 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C403.4 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C403.5 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
Total 4 15 10 10 - - 2 - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT–I PREPARATION FOR COMBING AND COMBING .....15 PERIODS
1.1 Carded yarn manufacture and combed yarn manufacture: Sequence of machinery –
flow chart only. 1 Per
1.2 Preparatory process for combing: Objects – different process sequences in the
combing preparation – flow chart only. 1 Per
1.3 Comber preparatory machines: Sliver lap machine – Ribbon lap machine – UNILAP
machine. Brief study of pre – comber and post – comber drawing – Flow chart only. 4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UbDObbNzGVU for working of Sliver lap machine)
1.4 Comber: Objects, degrees of combing, passage of material, working of the comber and
combing cycle. Forward feeding and backward feeding – Varieties of combing
segments.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SOEDSPjXzDA for working of Comber)
1.5 Comber settings : Nipper to detaching roller – nipper to cylinder – top comb depth –
top comb distance setting – determination of noil percentage – fractionating
efficiency – characteristics of combed yarn – automatic waste evacuating system
(AWES) – Salient features of modern comber – RH% in comber Preparatory and
comber departments.
4 Per
1.6 Comber calculations: Calculations pertaining to Nips per minute, length of lap fed per
nip, noil %, production and efficiency of comber. 1Per
UNIT – II SPEED FRAME .....15 PERIODS
2.1 Speed frame: Objects – Passage of material through the Speed Frame. Functions of
different parts of the speed Frame. 1 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 74
2.2 Drafting System and wheel Change Places: Brief study of 4/4 Lakshmi Rieter top arm
drafting system. Brief note on functions of aprons, cradle, top roller, condenser, and
spacer, nose bar, top and bottom clearers. Roller setting and its importance. Break
draft – Front draft – Total draft. Wheel change places for total draft, T.P.I., Coils/inch,
Layers/inch, Angle of taper of roving bobbin and roving tension.
4 Per
2.3 Principles of winding and Builder mechanism:Flyer lead and bobbin lead. Brief note
on functions of the cone drums and differential motion. Objects of builder
mechanism – Brief study of English Builder mechanism. Brief study of servo drives in
speed frame.
4 Per
2.4 Quality norms for Roving: Salient features of modern speed frames. Defects in speed
frame roving – causes and remedies. Control of roving stretch –Ratching – Monitoring
devices – sliver and roving stop motions. Maintenance schedule of Simplex machine.
RH% in Simplex department.
4 Per
2.5 Speed frame calculations: Calculations pertaining to draft, twist, hank, production
and efficiency 2 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2BmLrsL_Wqs for working of Speed frame)
UNIT–III RING FRAME .....15 PERIODS
3.1 Ring frame:Objects and passage of material through the Ring frame. Functions of
different parts of the Ring Frame. Roller stand inclination – Traverse motion for roving
feed and its importance. Functions of drafting rollers, aprons, cots, and spacers.
Study of top arm drafting systems – SKF and Lakshmi Rieter High Drafting
systems. Brief note on Top roller shore hardness. Brief study of lappets, thread guide,
balloon control ring and separators.
7 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DMUxpNwrn6o for working of Ring frame)
3.2 Ring : Objects – brief study of low crown ring and anti-wedge ring. Running – in
procedure for new rings.
Traveller : Objects –types of travellers – traveller count – traveller for different yarn
counts – traveller loading – traveller clearer
Spindle : Brief study of high speed spindles – Energy saving spindle –spindle drives
6 Per
3.2 Cop building mechanism : Brief study of structure of cop form – winding and binding
coils – functions and working of cop building mechanism – doffing procedure 2 Per
( Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g7b1CGT3ES4 for auto doffer in Ring Frame)
UNIT –IV YARN TWIST, YARN TENSION AND ITS CONTROL, YARN DEFECTS, YARN QUALITY &
PRODUCTION CALCULATIONS .....16 PERIODS
4.1 Twist and Wheel Change Places: Twist direction – Brief study of twist multiplier and
its effect on yarn quality – Study of twist strength and count relationship – Twist
multipliers adopted for different end uses of yarn such as warp, weft, hosiery and high
twist yarns – Twist contraction – Study of changes made in ring frame during count
change – Brief study of Pneumafil and overhead travelling cleaner – Salient features of
modern Ring Frames.
7 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 75
4.2 Spindle drives and yarn defects: Methods of driving – Brief study of variator pulley
drive, inverter drive. Common defects in ring spun yarns, causes and
remedies. Causes of end breakages in ring frame. Maintenance schedule of Ring
Frame. RH% in Ring Frame department.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QAgSY52zdhg for types of drives)
4.3 Quality norms for yarn: Yarn realization for carded and combed yarns. Norms for yarn
unevenness ( U%), CSP, imperfections and RKM values 2 Per
4.4 Ring frame calculations : Calculations pertaining to draft, twist, yarn count,
production and efficiency 3 Per
UNIT –V DOUBLING, REELING, BUNDLING & BALING .....16 PERIODS
5.1 Doubling: Objects and methods of doubling. Working and passage of material through
dry doubling machine. Direction of twist in doubled yarn and its relation to single yarn.
Balance of twist in doubled yarn – Brief note on Twist on Twist (T.O.T), Twist on Weft
(T.O.W), Weft on Twist (W.O.T), Weft on Weft (W.O.W) – flow chart only – Twist
contraction – Cord twisting – wet doubling – study of English system only.
7 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HlOqsUKYuiY for working of Ring doubler)
5.2 Ring Doubler calculations: Calculations pertaining to resultant count, production and
efficiency of Ring doubler. 2 Per
5.3 Reeling: Objects – Passage of material through reeling machine – types –straight
and cross reeling – Study of working of 7 lea reeling and cross reeling motion. Study of
bridge doffing mechanism. Brief note on SHPR, SHCR, DHPR and DHCR.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RfnxYTXGkyU for Reeling machine
5.4 Bundling, baling and packing: Objects of bundling and baling. Need for bundling
weight correction and its importance. HDPE bag packing, carton box packing and
pallet packing. Checking procedures for EOU.
3 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time
applications :
1. M/s. Kandagiri Spinning Mills Ltd, Unit- II, Salem
2. M/s. Sri Cheran Synthetics India Limited, Veppadai, Tiruchengode
3. M/s. Thiagarajar Mills Ltd., Madurai
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Latest Developments in Ring Frame
2. Automatic transportation of material in Comber and Ring Frame
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 76
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile manufacture process.com
2. http..//www.rieter.com
3. http..//www.truetzschler.com
4. http..//www.lakshmimach.com
5. http..//www.autotex.net
6. http..//www.kttml.com
7. http..//www.lrtindia.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. SITRA , BTRA, ATIRA and NITRA Norms
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. A Practical guide to
Combing and Drawing W.Klein
The Textile Institute
Manchester, U.K. 1987
2.
Manual of Textile
Technology – A practical
Guide to Ring Spinning
W.Klein The Textile Institute
Manchester, U.K. 1987
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Cotton spinning Taggart.W.S
Universal Book
Corporation,
Bombay
1996
2. Cotton spinners Hand
book Jaganathan.R
Mahajan Brothers
Ahmedabad. 1976
3. Spun yarn technology –
Vol III A. Venkatasubramani
Saravana
publications,
Madurai.
1998
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 77
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Yarn Manufacture - II
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O - 5301
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What are the two principles of comber lap preparation? I R & U
2. What are the cycles of operations in comber? I R & U
3. State the objects of simplex machine. II R
4. Mention the formula for Total draft and T.P.I. II R
5. What are the objects of ring and traveller? III R & U
6. What do you understand by Z twist and S twist? IV R & U
7. What do you understand by balance of twist in doubled yarn? IV U & Ap
8. Why is wet doubler preferred for sewing thread manufacture? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What is noil? Mention the important settings that determine waste
extraction in comber.
I R & U
10. What do you understand by degrees of combing? I U
11. State the purpose of spacer, nose bar and cradle in high drafting system of
simplex.
II R & U
12. What do you understand by bobbin leading winding in simplex machine? II U
13. What is the purpose of lappet, balloon control ring and separator in ring
frame?
III R & U
14. Mention briefly about inverter drive used in ring frame. IV U
15. Draw a simple sketch of English system of threading of yarns in wet doubler. V U
16. A doubled yarn is produced from 3 single yarns of count 20s, 30s and 60s
respectively. Find the resultant count of this doubled yarn?
IV Ap
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 78
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of UNILAP machine. I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the working of modern comber with a neat diagram. I R & U 10
18. A. Trace the passage of material through L. R. Simplex and explain. II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the working of English builder mechanism with a neat sketch.
II R & U 10
19. A. With a neat sketch explain the passage of material through ring frame.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the functions of builder mechanism? Explain with a neat sketch the working of builder mechanism in a ring frame.
III R & U 10
20. A. State any ten salient features of a modern ring frame. IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the production of a ring frame in Kg with the following particulars.
Spindle speed - 16,000 rpm
Hank of roving fed - 1.6
Break draft - 1.32
Main draft - 19
TM used - 4.2
Efficiency - 92%
Shift time - 8 hours
No. of spindles - 440
IV Ap 10
21. A. With a neat sketch explain the passage of material through a dry doubling machine.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the passage of material through a 7 lea reeling machine with a neat sketch.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 79
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Yarn Manufacture - II
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O-5301
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Draw a flow chart of sequence of machinery used in combed yarn
manufacture.
I R & U
2. What are the objects of comber? I U
3. How will you change T.P.I. and coils/inch in a simplex machine? II U
4. Mention any two roving bobbin defects. II U
5. State the purpose of traverse motion in a ring frame. III U
6. What do you understand by winding and binding coils in a ring cop? III U
7. State the relationship between twist and count. IV U
8. State the bundle weight for 2/40s yarn and 100syarn. V Ap
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State any three qualities of yarn improved by combing process. I U
10. What do you understand by (i) Nips/minute (ii) Noil (iii) Fractionating
efficiency of comber?
I U
11. What is a False twister? What is the function of it? II R & U
12. State the reasons and suggest remedies for soft bobbins. II U
13. Mention the functions of the following parts in a ring frame.
(i) Spindle (ii)Ring (iii)Pneumafil
III R
14. State the purpose of roller stand inclination in a ring frame. III U
15. Mention yarn U%, CSP for 40s carded yarn, 60s combed yarn and 100s
combed yarn.
IV Ap
16. What do you understand by bundle weight correction in reeling? V U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 80
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of Sliver lap machine. I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Trace the passage of material through a modern comber and explain.
I R & U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of a Simplex machine. II R & U 10
(OR)
B. State any ten salient features of modern Simplex machine. II R & U 10
19. A. Describe the working of Lakshmi-Rieter high drafting system used in ring frame with a neat sketch.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Draw neat sketches of low crown ring and anti-wedge ring used in ring frame and explain briefly about them. Write briefly about different types of travellers used in ring frame and ring doubler.
III R & U 10
20. A. With a neat sketch explain the relationship between twist, strength in ring spun yarn.
State the twist multipliers used for warp yarn, weft yarn, hosiery yarn, tyre yarn and sewing thread.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the production per spindle per shift of 8 hours in grams at 92% efficiency in a ring frame with the following particulars:
Spindle speed - 17,500 rpm
TM used - 4.35
Yarn count - 40s cotton carded
Also calculate (i) T.P.I. (ii) Delivery rate in metres per minute.
IV Ap 10
21. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of dry doubling machine?
List out the uses of doubled yarns.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the differences between SHPR and DHPR?
With a neat sketch explain about the working of seven – lea motion.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 81
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O – 5302
Course Name : TEXTILE DESIGN
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Textile Design 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of
Periods
I ELEMENTS OF WOVEN DESIGN 08
II PLAIN WEAVES AND TWILL WEAVES 09
III SATEEN,CREPE AND HONEYCOMB WEAVES 10
IV HUCK-A-BACK,MOCK-LENO &BEDFORD WEAVES 10
V ADVANCED TEXTILE DESIGN 10
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 60
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C404.1 Define the terminologies related to fabric design and construction of design from draft & peg plan and draft from design and peg plan.
C404.2 Elaborate the design ,draft and peg plan for plain and twill weaves and their derivatives
C404.3 Describe the design ,draft and peg plan for satin, crepe and honey comb weaves
C404.4 Construct the design, draft and peg plan for huck a back, mock leno and bed ford cord weaves.
C404.5 Construct designs for Extra warp, Extra weft, double cloth, treble cloth, gauze, leno and terry weaves
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 82
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C404.1 - 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
C404.2 - 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
C404.3 - 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
C404.4 - 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
C404.5 - 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
Total - 15 10 - - - - - 10 5 5 5
Correlation
Level - 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 1 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT– I ELEMENTS OF WOVEN DESIGN .....8 PERIODS
1.1 Methods of Fabric Representation: Definition of design, draft and peg plan –
Design repeat unit – Methods of indicating drafts and peg plans – Relation between
design, draft and peg plan
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=34P4sR6tP7M for Basic fabric structures)
1.2 Developing Design: Construction of draft from design and peg plan– Construction of
design from given draft and peg plan. 4 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G3G1_KgfbzA for fabric design)
UNIT – II PLAIN WEAVES AND TWILL WEAVES ..... 9 PERIODS
2.1 Plain weave: Study of characteristics of plain weave – uses of plain weave – Studyof
regular and irregular warp rib, weft rib and mat weaves 4 Per
2.2 Twill weaves: Study of characteristics of twill weave – uses of twill weave– Study of
derivatives of twill weaves – Large regular twill, pointedtwillweaves, Herringbone
twill weave, Broken twill weave, Transposed twill weave, Elongated twill weaves and
Combined twill weave
5 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g6iHRfgQxnc for types of fabric weaves)
UNIT – III SATEEN, CREPE AND HONEYCOMB WEAVES ....10 PERIODS
3.1 Sateen Weaves: Study of characteristics and uses of sateen and satin weaves –
Brief study of regular and irregular sateen and satin weaves – differences between
satin and sateen weave.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fE00O8akyGw for Sateen and Satin weaves)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 83
3.2 Crepe weaves: Study of characteristics of crepe weave – Construction of crepe
weaves upon sateen bases –Combination of floating weave with plain threads –
crepe weaves produced by reversing and insertion of one weave over another – uses
of crepe weaves.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K41T_M1jGTQ for Crepe weave)
3.3 Honeycomb weaves : Study of characteristics of honeycomb weave – ordinary
honey comb weave – brighten honey comb weave – uses of honey comb weaves 4 Per
(Refer Web https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HGjSC52vy2Y for Honey Comb Weave)
UNIT – IV HUCK-A-BACK, MOCK-LENO &BEDFORDCORD WEAVES .....10 PERIODS
4.1 Huck-a-back Weave : Study of Construction of ordinary Huck-a-back weaves –
Modified Huck-a-back weaves – Uses of Huck-a-back weaves 4 Per
4.2. Mock-leno weave: Study of characteristics and Construction of Mock-leno weaves –
uses of Mock-leno weave. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H1THZgQlc2s for Mock leno weave)
4.3 Bedford Cord weaves: Study of Bedford cords weave –Plain faced Bedford cords
Twill faced Bedford cords – Uses.
3Per
UNIT– V ADVANCED TEXTILE DESIGN .....10 PERIODS
5.1 Extra Warp and Extra Weft designs: Study of Extra warp and Extra weft Figuring,
ratio1:1 and 2:2 –Differences between extra warp and extra weft figuring. 3 Per
5.2 Double Cloth and Treble Cloth designs: Study of Double cloth and treble cloth –
Classification of double cloth – study of self and centre stitched cloth designs. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xyrG3q641jo for Double Cloth)
5.3 Gauze, Leno weave and terry weaves: Study of Gauze and Leno weave –Types of
sheds in leno weave – doups – study of 3 pick,4 pick and 5 pick terry weaves– cross
sectional weaves for terry weaves.
4 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Saravnana Fabrics ,Nangavalli
2. M/s. Vanaja Textiles, Salem.
3. M/s. AKTM Textiles, Salem.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 84
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Advanced Textile Design
2. Textile CAD
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile learners.com
2. http..//www.textilestudy centre .com
3. http..//www.textile manufacture process weaving
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title
Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Elementary Design
&Colour Z.Crosiciki
Universal
Publishing
Corporation,
Mumbai
1988
2. Grammar of Textile
Design H.Nisbet
D.B.Taraporevala
Sons &Co.(P) Ltd,
Mumbai
1985
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Watson’s Textile
Design &Colour
Z.Crosiciki Universal Publishing
Corporation,
Newnes,
Butterworths,
England
1988
2. Structural Fabric
Design
James W.Klibbe North Carolina State
University Printshop,
Raleigh.
1965
3. Woven Cloth
Construction
ATC Robinson&
R.Mark
Textile Institute,
Manchester
1973
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 85
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Design
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: II / III
Code no: 15O - 5302
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is woven fabric ? I R
2. What is straight draft ? I R
3. Mention the uses of plain weave. II R
4. Mention any two differences between satin and sateen. III An
5. What are the methods used to construct crepe weave? III R
6. State any two uses of Huck a back weave. IV R
7. Draw the design of 3 pick terry pile structure V U
8. Why is plain weave more firm and stable ? II An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Explain the basic elements of a woven design. I R
10. What are the characteristics of plain weave? II R & U
11. Mention the derivatives of twill weave. II R
12. What are the characteristics of an ordinary honey comb weave? III R & U
13. State the characteristics of Huck a back weave. IV R
14. State the classification and uses of Bed ford cord. IV R
15. What are the types of self-stitched double cloth? V R & U
16. Compare extra warp and extra weft designs. V An
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 86
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Max. Marks
17. A. i) Construct the draft from the given design and peg plan x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Design Peg plan
I An 5
ii) Construct a design for the given draft and peg plan:
Draft Peg plan
I An 5
(OR)
B. i) Explain straight draft and skip draft. I R & U 5
ii) Construct a draft and peg plan for the given design
x x x x x X x x x x x x x X x x x x x x x X x x x x x
Design
I An 5
18. A. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves
a)Irregular Warp Rib b) Regular Weft Rib c) Plain weave for 10x 10. II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves.
a) Pointed twill using 3/3 basic twill
b) Herring bone twill using 4/4 basic twill
II R & U 10
19. A. Construct the following design
i) Regular Satin and Sateen weaves for 10 x 10
j) Irregular Satin and Sateen weaves for 8 x 8
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for Brighton honey comb on 16 x 16 III R & U 10
20. A. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves:
i) Huck-a-back weave ii) Mock leno weave IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves:
i) Plain faced Bed ford cord ii) Twill faced Bed ford cord IV R & U 10
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 87
21. A. Construct an extra warp design and extra weft design in the ratio of 1:1 by using a small motif.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for simple leno structure and mark the types of sheds formed in the construction of leno weave.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 88
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Design
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: II / IV
Code no: 15O - 5302
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define the terms design and draft. I R
2. What is pointed draft? I R
3. Mention the uses of Matt weave. II R
4. What is satin and sateen weave? III R
5. State any two characteristics of Huck-a back weave. IV R
6. What is the object of producing double cloth? V R & U
7. What is terry pile fabric? V R & U
8. What are gauze and leno weaves? V R
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What are the derivatives of plain weave? I R
10. State any three characteristics of twill weave. II R
11. Draw a simple warp faced and weft faced twill design. II R & U
12. Write the characteristics and uses of honey comb weave. III R
13. Mention the characteristics and uses of Mock leno weave IV R
14. How are extra thread figured fabrics produced? V R & U
15. State the classification of double cloth. V R & U
16. What are the reasons for selecting terry pile weaves for towels? V An
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 89
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain any four types of drafts I R & U 10
(OR)
B. i) Construct a design from the given draft and peg plan : x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x x
Draft Peg plan
I An 5
ii) Construct a design from the given draft and peg plan :
Draft Peg plan
I An 5
18. A. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves. i) 2 x 2 weft rib ii) 4 x 2 x 1 irregular matt weave. iii) Plain weave 10 x 10
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves. i) Broken Twill ii) Transposed twill
II R & U 10
19. A. Mark design ,draft and peg plan for the following : i. Honey comb weave with equal warp and weft floats ii. Honey comb weave with unequal warp and weft floats
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Construct the Crepe weave using any four methods III R & U 10
20. A. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves: i) Modified Huck-a-back weave ii) Mock leno weave
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design, draft and peg plan for the following weaves: i) Plain faced Bed ford cord ii) Twill faced Bed ford cord
IV R & U 10
21. A. Mark the design for self-stitched double cloth and centre warp stitched double cloth by using a small motif
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Mark the design for 3 pick, 4 pick, 5 pick and 6 pick terry weaves and also draw the cross sections of them
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 90
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 5308
Course Name : YARN MANUFACTURE – II PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Yarn Manufacture – II
Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO
Statement
On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C405.1 Prepare the gearing diagram and calculate the speeds of rotating parts in Comber and Simplex machines and draft related calculations in Simplex
C405.2 Estimate TPI, twist constant, bobbin speeds and working of builder mechanism in Simplex.
C405.3 Prepare the gearing diagram and calculate the speeds of rotating parts in Ring frame, draft, twist related calculations and setting of bottom rollers, spindle & lappet
C405.4 Describe the working of builder mechanism of Ring frame and speed & twist related calculations of Ring Doubler
C405.5 Demonstrate 7 lea reeling, cross reeling and preparing, leasing and doffing the hanks. Calculate the production of reeling machine
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C405.1 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C405.2 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C405.3 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C405.4 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C405.5 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Total 5 15 15 10 - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 91
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. To draw a neat sketch of passage of material through comber. To draw the gearing diagram
and to calculate the speeds of machine shaft, cylinder, back shaft, brush shaft and fan.
2. To draw a neat sketch of passage of material through L.R. Simplex. To draw the gearing
diagram and to calculate the speeds of spindle, all drafting rollers and surface speeds of all
drafting rollers in meters / min.
3. To draw the draft gearing diagram and to calculate the intermediate drafts, total draft and
draft constant of L.R. Simplex and prepare reckoner for draft.
4. To draw the twist gearing diagram and to calculate twist per inch and twist constant of
L.R.Simplex. Prepare ready reckonar for T.P.I.
5. Taking necessary particulars from L.R. Simplex, calculate the bobbin speed while winding on
empty bobbin and full bobbin.
6. To draw a neat sketch of builder mechanism and to study the working of builder mechanism
and write the functions of various parts of builder mechanism.
7. To draw the passage of material through L.R. G 5/1 Ring frame. To draw the gearing diagram
and to calculate the speeds of spindle, drafting rollers and surface speeds of drafting roller in
meters / min.
8. To draw the draft gearing diagram and to calculate the total draft, intermediate drafts for the
present wheels on the ring frame. To prepare ready reckoner for break draft.
9. To draw the twist gearing diagram and to calculate twist per inch and twist constant for the
present wheels on the ringframe.To prepare ready reckoner for TPI.
10. To practice on spindle gauging and lappet gauging. To study the steps involved while changing
the direction of twist from Z twist to S twist.
11. To draw a neat sketch of cop builder mechanism of L.R. G5/1 Ring frame. To study the
working of cop builder mechanism and write the functions of important parts of builder
mechanism.
12. To draw a neat sketch of the passage of material through Dry doubling machine. To draw the
gearing diagram and to calculate the speeds of spindle, delivery roller and yarn delivery rate
in inches/min.
13. To draw the twist gearing diagram and to calculate twist per inch and twist constant for the
present wheels on the Dry doubling machine. To prepare ready reckoner for TPI.
14. To draw the material passage through the reeling machine. To calculate the speed of swift,
production for a shift of 8 hours for the given efficiency and yarn count in Hanks, Knots,
Pounds and Kg per reeler.
15. To study the working of 7 lea reeling mechanism and cross reeling mechanism. To produce
one hank on the reeling machine, lease the 7leas and doff the hank.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 92
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Machine Quantity
1. Speed frames
T & S High Draft Inter
Lakshmi Rieter Simplex
1 No.
1 No.
2. Ring frames
Textool make
Lakshmi Rieter make G 5/1 model
1 No.
1 No.
3. Comber
Tokai make
1 No.
4. Reeling Machine
Jeetstex make
1 No.
5. Ring Doubler
NMM make
1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 93
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 5309
Course Name : TEXTILE DESIGN PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Textile Design 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C406.1 Analyse the fabrics woven with plain and ordinary twill weaves.
C406.2 Analyse the fabrics woven with different derivative twill weaves.
C406.3 Analyse the fabrics woven with satin, crepe and honey comb weaves.
C406.4 Analyse the fabrics woven with Huck-a-back, Mock-leno, Extra warp and Extra weft weaves
C406.5 Analyse the fabrics woven with Double cloth, Terry Pile and Leno weaves
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C406.1 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 1 1 1
C406.2 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 1 1 1
C406.3 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 1 1 1
C406.4 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 1 1 1
C406.5 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 1 1 1
Total - 15 15 - - - - 15 10 5 5 5
Correlation
Level - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 1 1 1
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 94
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Analysis of a givenPlain weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
2. Analysis of a given Mattweave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
3. Analysis of a given Twil lweave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
4. Analysis of a given Dri l l weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
5. Analysis of a given Pointed twil l weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and
the cloth particulars.
6. Analysis of a given Herring bone twil l weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan
and the cloth particulars.
7. Analysis of a given Satin &Sateen cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the
cloth particulars.
8. Analysis of a given Crepeweave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
9. Analysis of a given Honey comb weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the
cloth particulars.
10. Analysis of a given Huck a back weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the
cloth particulars.
11. Analysis of a given Mock leno weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the
cloth particulars.
12. Analysis of a given Extra warp &Extra weft design cloth sample for Design, Draft,
Peg plan and the cloth particulars.
13. Analysis ofa given Double cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
14. Analysis of a given Terry pi le weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the
cloth particulars.
15. Analysis of a given Leno weave cloth sample for Design, Draft, Peg plan and the cloth
particulars.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1. Beesley’s Balance 1 No.
2. Counting glass 10 Nos.
3. Scissors 2 Nos.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 95
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 5310
Course Name : TEXTILE WET PROCESSING PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Textile Wet Processing
Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C407.1 Examine the starch content, scouring and bleaching of de-sized fabric
C407.2 Dye the cotton fabric with direct, vat, reactive and sulphur dyes.
C407.3 Dye wool, acrylic, silk , nylon using acid & basic dyes and polyester/cotton blend with disperse/reactive dyes.
C407.4 Develop a design on fabric using direct and resist style of printing
C407.5 perform different types of finishing on fabrics and fastness rating of different dyed fabrics.
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C407.1 2 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 2 1 1
C407.2 2 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 2 1 1
C407.3 2 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 2 1 1
C407.4 2 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 2 1 1
C407.5 1 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 2 1 1
Total 9 15 15 10 5 - - 15 10 10 5 5
Correlation
Level 1.8 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 2 1 1
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 96
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. De-sizing and determination of starch content in a yarn/fabric using Enzymatic de-sizing
method.
2. Scouring and bleaching of desized cotton yarn/fabric using hydrogen peroxide/hypochlorite.
3. Dyeing of cotton yarn with Direct dyes.
4. Dyeing of cotton yarn with Vat dyes.
5. Dyeing of cotton yarn with Sulphur dye and after treatments.
6. Dyeing of cotton /viscose yarn with Reactive dyes.
7. Dyeing of wool /Acrylic yarn with basic dyes.
8. Dyeing of silk / Nylon yarn with acid dyes.
9. Dyeing of Polyester-Cotton blend with disperse / reactive dyes.
10. Print the cotton fabric with reactive dye in direct style/resist style – Hand block Method
11. Print the cotton/polyester fabric using Pigment by direct style – Screen printing method.
12. Finish the cotton fabric with any one natural starch (maize/ rice/potato).
13. Finish the cotton fabric with synthetic starch (PVA).
14. Finish the cotton fabric with softener.
15. Determination of fastness to Washing and Rubbing(Dry &Wet).
LIST OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1. Dye bath for dyeing, desizing, scouring and bleaching 5 Nos.
2. Crockmeter for rubbing fastness testing 1 No.
3. Laundrometer for washing fastness testing 1 No.
4. Printing table 1 No.
5. Printing screens 2 Nos.
6. Padding mangle 1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 97
SEMESTER - V
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 98
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 5303
Course Name : FABRIC MANUFACTURE - II
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Fabric
Manufacture - II 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I DOBBY MECHANISMS 12
II JACQUARD MECHANISMS 12
III DROP-BOX AND TERRY MECHANISMS 12
IV AUTOMATIC LOOMS 12
V KNITTING 13
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 10
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C501.1 Explain the working of different types of dobbies
C501.2 Describe the working of various types of Jacquards
C501.3 Discuss the working of Drop box , terry mechanisms and solve the problems related to production and GSM
C501.4 Describe various mechanisms in auto looms.
C501.5 Explain the terminology related to knitting and working of warp and weft knitting machines.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 99
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C501.1 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C501.2 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C501.3 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C501.4 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C501.5 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
Total 1 15 10 10 - - - - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I DOBBY MECHANISMS .....12 PERIODS
1.1 Dobby : Objectives and principle of Dobby shedding device – Classification –
Right hand and Left hand Dobbies – Comparison between Tappet and Dobby
shedding – Brief study of Single lift and Double lift Dobbies – Comparison of
Single lift and Double lift Dobbies
4 Per
1.2 Climax Dobby : Construction and working of Climax Dobby – Lattice preparation
for Climax Dobby (Pegging) and Jack Missing
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c1uQ8kEO8nE for Climax Dobby)
1.3 Positive Cam Dobby : Construction and working of Positive Cam Dobby –
Advantages of Cam Dobby over Lever Dobbies – Construction and working of
Electronic Rotary Dobby – Common defects and remedies in Dobby weaving
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o4zwXbPkaYA for Cam Dobby)
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rAXhLbETDOU for Electronic Dobby)
UNIT–II JACQUARD MECHANISMS .....12 PERIODS
2.1 Jacquard: Objectives and Classification of Jacquard shedding device – Working
principles of Single lift and Double lift Jacquard 3 Per
2.2 Double lift Double Cylinder Jacquard: Construction and working of Double lift
Double Cylinder Jacquard – Advantages of Double lift Double Cylinder Jacquard
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gB_yHAC1CaU for jacquard)
2.3 Harness Mountings: Jacquard harness mountings – Norwich and London Systems
– Types of Tie ups – Casting out – Brief study of Cross Border Jacquard
3 Per
2.4 Card Punching Machine: Working of Piano card cutting machine – Brief study of
Electronic card punching machine and Electronic Jacquard 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6z8qYN3nabM for electronic jacquard)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 100
UNIT – III DROP-BOX AND TERRY MECHANISMS .....12 PERIODS
3.1 Drop Box Mechanism: Objectives and principle of Drop box mechanism –
Classification of Drop box mechanism. Construction and working of 4 x 1 Cowburn
and Peck’s Drop box mechanism – Card saving device – Card preparation for 4 x 1
Cowburn and Peck's Drop box mechanism without card saving device – Brief study
of Pick-at-will motion.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9W2rw9ZTcV0 for drop box)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=j23BomL9prY for drop box)
3.2 Terry Mechanisms: Objects – Loop forming principle of Terry mechanism – study
of any one type of loose reed terry mechanism – Method of altering the Pile length
– Principle of the formation of fringes – Brief study of Moving Fell principle of
Terry Mechanism.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HNSu0q2z8uI for principle of terry
mechanism)
3.3 Calculations : Calculation pertaining to Speed, Production and Efficiency of loom,
Heald and Reed calculations, Cover factor calculation – GSM calculation –
Determination of cost price of a meter of fabric.
4 Per
UNIT – IV AUTOMATIC LOOMS .....12 PERIODS
4.1 Introduction to Automatic looms:Advantages of Automatic looms over Non-
Automatic looms – Types of Automatic looms (Shuttle and Pirn Changing looms) –
Self threading shuttle – Weft feelers – Working of Mid Jet and Photo Electric weft
feeler
4 Per
4.2 Auto Looms : Construction and working of Northrop Cop changing mechanism –
Construction and working of Ruti C Positive Let off motion – Comparison of Fabric
quality in plain power loom with Automatic loom.
4 Per
4.3 Warp stop motion: Objectives of Warp stop motion – Types of Warp stop motions
(Mechanical and Electrical) – Working of Castellated bar mechanical warp stop
motion – Working of Electrical type of warp stop motion – Brief study on synthetic
weaving – Common Fabric Defects – Causes and Remedies
4 Per
UNIT –V KNITTING ....13 PERIODS
5.1 Introduction to Weft knitting: Introduction, classification – knitting terms and
definitions – Course, Wales, stitch density, stitch length, knitted loop, needle loop,
sinker loop, face loop, back loop. Comparison of knitting and weaving.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cch5MuIQKHk for circular knitting)
5.2 Weft Knitting : Principle of Weft knitting – Types of needles: latch, bearded and
compound needles Knitting cycle of Latch, Bearded and Compound needles –
Passage of material through Single Jersey circular weft knitting machines and V-Bed
Flat weft knitting machines
3 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 101
5.3 Introduction to Warp knitting: Introduction, classification – definition of over lap,
under lap, open lap and closed lap – Basic principle of warp knitting – swinging
and shogging movements – Comparison of weft and warp knitting
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BOGtq4mpgZg for warp knitting)
5.4 Warp knitting : Bearded needle knitting cycle in Tricot warp knitting machine and
Latch needle knitting cycle in Raschel warp knitting machine – The five basic Over
lap / Under lap variations with chain link notation and lapping movement notations
3 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. KRG Textiles,Gugai,Salem
2. M/s. Virudhunagar Textile Mills Ltd,Sulakkarai,Virudhunagar
3. M/s. Gold King Textile Mills Pvt Ltd, Tiruchengode
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Modern Electronic Dobby
2. GROSICKI -Electronic Jacquard
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile manufacture process.com
2. http..//www.textilecoolsocial.net
3. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. BTRA and NITRA Norms
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Hand Book of Weaving Sabit Adhenur CRC, press, NW 2001
2. Woven Fabric
Production – II
NCUTE NCUTE, New Delhi 2002
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 102
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Modern preparation and
Weaving
A.Ormerod Wood Head
Publishing Ltd, London
1983
2. Principles of Weaving Marks &Robinson The Textile Institute,
Manchester
1976
3. Weaving Calculations R.Sengupta D.B.Taraporevala sons
&co Ltd., Mumbai
1996
4. Weaving – Machines,
Mechanism,
Management
Dr.M.K.Talukdar
P.K.Sriramulu
D.P.Ajgaonkar
Mahajan Publishers
Pvt.Ltd.,
Ahmedabad
1998
5. Knitting Technology D.P.Ajgaonkar Mahajan Publishers
Pvt.Ltd.,
Ahmedabad
1998
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 103
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fabric Manufacture – II
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5303
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is Right hand and Left hand Dobbies? I R
2. Mention any two differences between Tappet and Dobby shedding. I U
3. What is single lift and double lift jacquard? II R
4. Mention any four types of tie-ups used in jacquard. III R
5. State any two classification of drop box loom. III R
6. State any two advantages of auto looms. IV R
7. State the objects of warp stop motion in an auto loom. IV U
8. How can the courses/inch be altered in knitting? V An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What is Jack missing? State its causes and remedies. I R, An
10. Mention any three merits of cam dobby over lever dobby. II U
11. State any three classification of jacquard loom. III R
12. State any three types of weft feelers used in auto looms. III U
13. Mention any three defects in woven fabrics. IV U
14. What is stitch density, closed lap and open lap? IV R
15. Explain swinging and shogging movement in warp knitting. V R
16. Mention the ends/inch in 4/80’s stock port reed. II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 104
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Draw a neat sketch of climax dobby and explain its working. I R,U 10
(or)
B. Explain the construction and working of positive dobby. I R,U 10
18. A. Describe the construction and working of single lift single cylinder jacquard?
II R,U 10
(or)
B. What are the different types of tie-ups used in jacquard weaving? Explain any two of them.
II R,U 10
19. A. Explain the working of cow burn pecks drop box motion with a neat sketch.
III R,U 10
(or)
B. Calculate Grams per Square Meter(GSM) and Grams per Square Yard (GSY) of a fabric with the following particulars:
EPI – 40, PPI – 30, Warp count – 30s Ne, Weft count – 20s Ne, Warp crimp – 2% and Weft crimp – 3%
III An 10
20. A. What is the use of mechanical warp stop motion? Explain the working of mechanical warp stop motion with neat sketch.
IV R,U 10
(or)
B. Mention any five defects in woven fabrics. State the probable causes and suitable remedies for the defects.
IV R,U 10
21. A. With line sketches, explain different stages of the knitting cycle of latch needle.
V R,U 10
(or)
B. Explain the swinging and shogging movement of warp knitting machine with a line diagram.
V R,U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 105
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fabric Manufacture – II
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5303
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State the object of dobby. I R
2. State any two types of feelers used in dobby mechanism. I U
3. Mention any two types of double lift jacquard. II R
4. When and Who invented jacquard machine? III R
5. Mention the two type of discs used in drop box motion. III R
6. State any two types of auto looms. IV R
7. State any two types of drop pins used in auto loom. IV U
8. Mention the open loop and closed loop in knitting. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Mention any three merits in rotary dobby. I R,U
10. What are the advantages of modern cam dobby? II U
11. State the uses of comber board, lingoes and pattern cylinder used in
jacquard loom. III R
12. Define stock port and brad fort reed count systems. III U
13. Mention any three uses of shuttle protector in cop changing mechanism IV U
14. State any three warp defects in woven fabrics. IV R
15. What is over lap, under lap and closed lap in knitting? V R
16. Explain the chain link notation for any three over and under lap in knitting. II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 106
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain the working mechanism of rotary dobby with sketch. I R,U 10
(or)
B. Prepare a lattice card diagram for 10 pick design suitable for a
dobby design.
I An 10
18. A. With a neat sketch, describe the working of double lift double
cylinder jacquard.
II R,U 10
(or)
B. What is piano card punching machine? Explain its working with a
neat sketch.
II R,U 10
19. A. Explain the construction and working of any one type of loose reed
terry mechanism with a neat sketch.
III R,U 10
(or)
B. Prepare a pattern chain arrangement for 20 picks of four colour
weft yarns. Take suitable box arrangement.
III An 10
20. A. Describe the construction and working of cop changing mechanism
with neat sketch.
IV R,U 10
(or)
B. With a simple sketch, explain the working of Ruti –C let off motion. IV R,U 10
21. A. Explain the passage of yarn to through circular knitting machine. V R,U 10
(or)
B. Trace the passage of yarn through a warp knitting machine and
explain.
V R,U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 107
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM 15O – SCHEME
Programme : Textile Technology
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O – 5304
Course Name : Textile Wet Processing – II
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Textile Wet Processing – II 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of
Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILE PRINTING AND STYLES OF PRINTING 09
II PRINTING MACHINES AND SPECIAL TEXTILE PRINTING 09
III INTRODUCTION TO FINISHING AND MECHANICAL FINISHING ON FABRIC 09
IV CHEMICAL FINISHING ON FABRICS &SPECIAL FINISHES 10
V POLLUTION CONTROL 09
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 10
TOTAL 60
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO
Statement
On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C502.1 Summarize the different styles of printing
C502.2 Discuss the various types of printing machines and special types of printings.
C502.3 Explain the different types of mechanical finishing given to the fabric.
C502.4 Describe the different types of chemical finishes applied to the fabric.
C502.5 Explain the effluent treatment processes and its norms and standards.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 108
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C502.1 1 3 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C502.2 1 3 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C502.3 1 3 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C502.4 1 3 1 2 1 - - - 2 2 1 1
C502.5 1 3 1 2 3 1 1 - 2 2 1 1
Total 5 15 5 10 7 1 1 - 10 10 5 5
Correlation
Level 1 3 1 2 1.4 1 1 - 2 2 1 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILE PRINTING AND STYLES OF PRINTING …..9 PERIODS
1.1 Introduction to printing: Definition of printing – Difference between printing
&dyeing – Woven &Knitted fabric requirements for printing. Ingredients of printing
paste with their functions – Accessories required for printing
3 Per
1.2 Direct style of printing: Direct style of printing – printing with reactive dyes and
pigment printing on cotton. Printing with Disperse dyes on polyester and fixation of
print.
2 Per
1.3 Discharge style of printing: White discharge printing styles on VS brand reactive
ground with vat dyes. White discharge printing styles on Disperse ground. 2 Per
1.4 Resist style of printing: Colour resist printing styles on reactive ground – brief study
on Tie&Dye style &Batik printing 2 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E7I9MaYjuTw for printing)
UNIT-II PRINTING MACHINES AND SPECIAL TEXTILE PRINTING .....9 PERIODS
2.1 Printing machines: Screen preparation for Flat bed and Rotary screen printing
machine – Working of fully automatic Flat bed screen printing and rotary printing
m/c. Brief idea about transfer printing .Working of Garment Printing m/c –Printing
defects, their causes and remedies.
5 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mI_RsvxgmnY for flat bed screen printing)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pyl-d2DfdDc for rotary screen printing)
2.2 Special types of printing: Fancy styles – Khadi (White and Colour) printing, glitters
metallic prints (Gold and Silver) – Flock printing – Digital ink jet printing – Brief study
on Kalamkari prints
4 Per
(Refer Web Link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tSuJU7QF_Sk for digital ink jet printing)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 109
UNIT – III INTRODUCTION TO FINISHING AND MECHANICAL FINISHING ON FABRIC …..9 PERIODS
3.1
Introduction and Mechanical finishes: Object of finishing – classification of finishing
–Mechanism of pre-shrinkage on zero-zero pre shrinking – passagethrough
sanforizing machine. Shrinkage control of knitted fabrics – Compacting– Seven bowl
calendar –Importance of damping prior to calendaring – types of damping –
Peach finishing Concept – Condition and mechanism of heat – setting – Hot air
stenters (Pin and Clip type).
9 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nwqAIkDkE0k for zero zero finish)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6zOyeCFHDXI for calendaring)
UNIT- IV CHEMICAL FINISHING ON FABRICS &SPECIAL FINISHES ...10 PERIODS
4.1 Chemical finishes: Types of softeners – anionic, cationic, non-ionic and reactive
softeners – properties, merits, demerits. Synthetic Resin finishing: Resin finishing
and properties – Steps involved in resin finishing (padding, drying, curing, washing
and softening) – Wash and wear finish – Durable press finish – Crease recovery
finish
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vSaJNLecw6U for stone wash finish)
4.2 Garment finishing: A brief study on polyethylene emulsion, silicone emulsion –
Water – proofing and water repellent finishes – Fire retardant finish – soil release –
anti-static finishes, Bio polishing of garments with enzymes, anti-microbial finish, UV
protection finish, sand blasting and stone wash.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=COZV57Mcm0I for stone wash finish)
4.3 Special types of finishes: Milling – Crabbing – Decatising –Scroopy finish –
Carbonizing of P/C blend process – Weight reduction of Polyester 2 Per
UNIT- V POLLUTION CONTROL …..9 PERIODS
5.1 Pollution and Effluent treatment: Importance and need of environment protection
– types of pollution – methods for effluent treatment in processing– Brief study of
Reverse Osmosis treatment.
4Per
5.2 Eco-friendly processing: Brief study on eco-friendly processing – List of banned dyes
and chemicals – Eco labels 3 Per
5.3 Norms and standards: Norms and standards for discharging effluents. 2 Per
(Refer Web Link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XVUQZWxywrM for effluent treatment)
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Sewvel Traders Pvt Ltd., Erode
2. M/s. Sakthi Processing Ltd., SIPCOT, Perundurai
3. M/s. Tamilnadu Processing Mill, Erode.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 110
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. New trends in finishing
2. Latest developments in effluent treatment in textile processing units
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile learners.com
2. http..//www.dyeing world.com
3. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. BTRA, ATIRA and NITRA Norms
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Technology of Textile Printing
Prayag.R.S. Mrs.Prayag
127 Belgium
Rd, Dharwad
1986
2. Textile finishing Hall A.J. Iliffe Books Ltd., London
1982
3. Textile finishing Marsh J.T B.I.Publications, New Delhi
1982
4. Textile Finishing Dr. G.Nalankilli SSMIIT, Komarapalayam
1997
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Manual of Tex. Printing Storey Thomson Hudson Ltd,
London
1979
2. Technology of Textile
Processing Vol. IV
Shenai.V.A Sevak Publications,
Mumbai
1982
3. Dyeing Printing &Textile M.K.Khandelwal
M.L.Chauhan
Ritu Publications,
Jaipur
2005
4. Textile Printing Leslie W C Miles Society of Dyers and
Colourists, England
2003
5. Finishing Pietro Bellini
Ferruccio
Bonetti
Ester Franzetti
Giuseppe
Rosace
Sergio Vago
Fondazionl Acimit
Italia-Milano.
2002
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 111
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
6. Textile Finishing Derek Heywood Society of Dyers and
Colourists, England
2003
7. Chemical finishing of
Textiles
W.D.Schindler
P.J.Hauswer
Textile Institute,
Woodhead publisher,
England
2004
8. Textile finishing Harrison Textile Institute,
Woodhead publisher,
England
1978
9. Technology of Textile
Processing Vol.10
Technology of finishing
Shenai V.A Sevak Publications,
Bombay
1987
10. Chemical Processing of
synthetic fibres and
blends
Datye K.V. and
Vaidya A.A
Wiley International
Publication,
Newyork
1982
11. Textile Wet Processing
Machinery – Part I
Bleaching, finishing and
mercerizing machines
Patel M.B.
S.N.Patel, Baroda 1982
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 112
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Wet Processing – II
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5304
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define printing. I R
2. What is resist style of printing? I U
3. What is transfer printing? II U
4. Mention the objects of finishing. III R
5. What are the objects of calendaring? III R
6. Mention different types of finishing. IV R
7. What is bio-polishing? IV U
8. What is the significance of BOD measurement? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What are the differences between printing and dyeing? I An
10. State the recipe for white discharge printing on reactive ground. II Ap
11. Mention the sequences of process of screen preparation for rotary screen
printing. III R
12. State the classification of finishing. III U
13. State the concept of peach finishing. IV U
14. What are the advantages and disadvantages of cationic softeners? IV U
15. What is the effect of sand blasting on the finished fabric? V An
16. What are the causes for air pollution? II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 113
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. What are the different ingredients used in printing paste? Explain
their functions.
I U 10
(or)
B. Describe the procedure of printing the polyester with disperse
dyes.
I U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch, explain the construction and working of rotary
screen printing machine.
II U 10
(or)
B. With a neat sketch describe the construction and working of
garment printing machine.
II U 10
19. A. Trace the passage of material through sanforizing machine. Explain III U 10
(or)
B. With a neat sketch explain the construction and working of seven
bowl calendering machine.
III U 10
20. A. What are the various steps involved in resin finishing technique?
Explain.
IV U 10
(or)
B. Explain in detail about water proof, water repellent finishes. IV U 10
21. A. What is water pollution? Explain the causes and remedies of water
pollution.
V U 10
(or)
B. Explain in detail about any one biological treatment of textile
effluents.
V U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 114
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Wet Processing – II
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5304
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What are the different styles of printing? I R
2. Define the term fixation of prints. I U
3. Define batik printing. II R
4. What are the objects of sanforizing machine? III R,Ap
5. What are the types of Damping? III R
6. State the recipe for fire retardant finish. IV R
7. What is the importance of weight reduction of polyester fabrics? IV U
8. State the sequence of process in reverse osmosis treatment. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Explain the principle of resist style of printing. I R, An
10. Explain the method of direct style of printing. II U
11. What is flock printing? III R
12. What are the objects of stenter machine? III U
13. Mention the importance of damping. IV U
14. Mention any three advantages and disadvantages of reactive softeners. IV R
15. State the recipe used for soil release finish. V An
16. List out the banned chemicals &dyes. II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 115
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain in detail about the fabric requirements for printing. I An 10
(or)
B. How thewhite discharge printing styles on reactive ground made? Explain the procedure.
I 10
18. A. Explain in detail about the screen preparation for rotary screen printing.
II 10
(or)
B. With neat sketch explain the construction and working of fully automatic flat screen printing.
II 10
19. A. Describe the construction and working of compacting machine. III 10
(or)
B. What are the various conditions and mechanism of heat setting? Explain them.
III 10
20. A. Explain in detail about the wash and wear finish, anti-static finish. IV 10
(or)
B. Describe about the methods and application of the polyethylene emulsion and silicone emulsion on textile materials.
IV 10
21. A. What is air pollution? What are the causes and remedies of air pollution?
V 10
(or)
B. What are the different methods used for treatment of effluent? Explain.
V 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 116
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 5305
Course Name : GARMENT MANUFACTURE
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods / Week
Periods / Semester
Continuous Assessment
Semester - End
Examination Total
Garment Manufacture
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO CLOTHING , FASHION TRENDS AND STYLES OF GARMENTS
09
II HUMAN ANATOMY , PATTERN MAKING AND GARMENT MAKING TOOLS
09
III PATTERN LAYOUT , SPREADING METHODS AND CUTTING MACHINES 10
IV SEWING MACHINES, SEAMS, STITCHES AND THREADS 09
V PRESSING,PACKING AND FINISHING 09
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 10
TOTAL 60
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C503.1 Explain the Fashion trends, styles of garments and organization structure.
C503.2 Demonstrate the body measurements, pattern making for baby’s, men’s and women’s wear.
C503.3 Discuss the methods of spreading, marker planning and cutting of fabrics.
C503.4 Identify the different types of Stitches, Seams and Sewing machines.
C503.5 Summarize different types of pressing, fusing, finishing and packing.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 117
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C503.1 - 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2
C503.2 1 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 2
C503.3 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C503.4 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C503.5 - 3 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
Total 1 15 6 6 - - - - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO CLOTHING, FASHION TRENDS AND STYLES OF GARMENTS ...9 PERIODS
1.1 Introduction to Clothing : Background to the clothing industry– Fashion trends–
Labour and capital requirements in the clothing industry 2 Per
1.2 Fashion Trends : Fabrics used for garments – styles of garments – terms and
definitions as per AEPC 2 Per
1.3 Styles of Garments : Stages in the development of a collection for different styles of
Garments from different sources 3 Per
1.4 Organisation Structure: Garment factory organisation structure – steps in garment
production process. 2 Per
UNIT – II PATTERN MAKING , BODY MEASUREMENT AND GARMENT MAKING TOOL ... 9PERIODS
2.1 Human Anatomy Measurements : Various body measurements – Eight head
theory of human anatomy Measurements and its importance – methods of taking
important body measurements for Men, Women and Children’s garments
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1v8zyvspLT4 for Body measurements for men)
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cvxiSk5dH3U for Body measurements for women)
2.2 Pattern Drafting: Principles of pattern drafting – pattern grading and its importance
– types of patterns namely block pattern, working pattern and final pattern – Fabric
grain – method of drafting.
2 Per
2.3 Drafting : Pattern drafting for Men’s full arm shirt – basic T-shirt – Ladies skirt –
brief study of construction of A - line frock 2 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xaDRUcE52fg for pattern drafting procedure
for skirt)
2.4 Garment Tools :Tools required for clothing construction – Measuring tools –
Cutting tools – pattern making tools – pressing tools 2 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 118
UNIT –III PATTERN LAYOUT , SPREADING METHODS AND CUTTING MACHINES .….10 PERIODS
3.1 Marker planning: Marker plan efficiency – spreading process – methods of
spreading – hand spreading – machine – different types of lays – spreading for
different design of fabrics – common methods of layouts for asymmetrical design
and one way designs –different ways to improve fabric utilizations .
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=267xI06JUSA for spreading machine)
3.2 Fabric cutting : Importance of cutting – methods of cutting – study of hand
shears, straight knife, band knife and round knife – its merits and demerits. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nTGwLsu2S0c for straight knife cutting
machine)
3.3 Cutting machines : Notchers, drills and thread markers, computer controlled cutting
knifes, die cutting and laser cutting. 4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BK-_FDAblDk for laser cutting machine
UNIT – IV SEWING MACHINES, SEAMS, STITCHES AND THREADS .....9 PERIODS
4.1 Sewing machines : Brief study of basic sewing machines – single needle and
double needle lock stitch machine, over lock machine, chain stitch machine and flat
lock machine
2 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ONnQQ1tC88U for twin needle lock stitch)
4.2 Automatic sewing machines : Simple automatic sewing machines – button hole
machine, button stitching machine, and bar-tack machine and label sewing
machine – features of computerised sewing machine
2 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VA-mf6mh9Do for button sewing machine)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NZbQWl1Jo3U for features of computer
stitch)
4.3 Seams : Properties of seams – different types of seams and its uses – stitches
types – different types of stitches used as standards 2 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KVZjjGlVLic for different types of seams)
4.4 Feed systems in sewing machine : Sewing needles – numbering of sewing needles
– needle points – sewing threads and its numbering systems – thread packages
– thread consumption per inch of seam – care and maintenance of sewing machine
3 Per
UNIT –V PRESSING, FINISHING ANDPACKING .....9 PERIODS
5.1 Pressing : Introduction – Purpose – categories of pressing – means of pressing – creasing machines – pleating machines –Pressing machine used in garment industry
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jV5emJArtlk for pressing machine)
5.2 Fusing: Introduction – base fabric – resin – process of applying resin to fabric – fusing equipment – advantages of fusing – Continuous fusing machine – flat bed fusing machine.
3 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 119
5.3 Finishing: Objects – different types of finishing used for garments. Brief study of
packing – types of individual packing – Types of packing materials – packing ratio –
size wise packing – colour wise packing – assortment packing – un assorted
packing. Classification of Packing – Stand up pack – Flat pack – Hanger pack –
Hanger with sandwich pack – Dead man pack .
3Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Sona Vana Garments, Kandarkulamanickam, Salem
2. M/s. EESHA Garments, Nethimedu, Salem
3. M/s. BP International, Omalur Tk. Salem Dt.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. 3D Computerised Scanning
2. Automatic Plotter and Cutter
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.garment learners.blogspot.com
2. http..//www.textileslideshare.net
3. http..//www.textile smart.com
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title
Author Publisher
Year of Publishing
1. The Technology of clothing manufacture
Carold Carr and Barbara Latham
Blackwell Publication, Oxford, U.K.
2004/2nd Indian Reprint
2. Introduction to clothing manufacture
Gerry Cooklin Blackwell Publication, Oxford, U.K.
2005/2nd Indian Reprint
3. Managing Quality in the Apparel Industry
Pradip V.Metha &SathishK. Bharadwaj
New Age International Publishing , New Delhi
2006/ First Indian Reprint
REFERENCES
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. The Art of sewing Anna Jacob Thomas USB Publishers,
New Delhi
2001 / 6th Reprint
2. Practical clothing constructions Part I &II
Mary Mathews Paprinpack Printers,
Chennai
1985
3. Clothing for Moderns Erwine Mabel.D Macmillan Pub.Co.,
New York
1979
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 120
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
4. Comparative clothing construction Techniques
Virgin Stolpe Lewis Surjeet Publications,
Delhi
1984
5. Setting up Export oriented Ready made Garment unit
-
R.V.Centre for Entrepreneurial development , Guindy , Madras
1988
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 121
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Garment Manufacture
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5305
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is the importance of garment industry? I R
2. State any four types of development of new design. I U
3. Define block pattern and working pattern. II R
4. What are the tools used in garment industry? III R,U
5. Define marker efficiency. III R
6. Mention any four types of seams used for garments. IV R
7. What are the types of fusing machines? IV R
8. State the importance of finishes used in garments. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State three major sections in garment organization structure. I R, U
10. What are the measurements required in men’s garments making? II U
11. What are the types of lays used in garment industry? III R
12. Mention any three different types of cutting machines used in garment
industry. III U
13. Write down any three properties of seams used in garment making. IV U
14. Mention any three types of feeding mechanisms fixed in the garment
machines IV R
15. What are the advantages of fusing? V U
16. Why different types of packages are used in garment industry? II U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 122
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Draw an organization chart suitable for Garment industry and
explain.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the various steps followed in process chart? Explain. I R & U 10
18. A. Describe the men’s full arm shirt drafting procedure with a neat
sketch.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the pattern making for basic A-line frock with line sketch. II R & U 10
19. A. Describe any two different types of lays used in garment. III R & U 10
(OR)
B. With neat sketches, explain the working of any two cutting
machines.
III R & U 10
20. A. Describe the working of simple automatic sewing machine. IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain any two seams and stitches used in the garment making. IV R & U 10
21. A. Describe the construction and working of flat bed fusing machine
with line diagram.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain any two types of garment packing system used in the
garment industry.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 123
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Garment Manufacture
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5305
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State any two reasons for the development of garment industry. I R
2. Mention any four styles of winter garment. I U
3. Mention any two basic classification of human anatomy. II R
4. What is eight head theory of human anatomy? III R
5. State any two difference between hand spread and machine spreader. III An
6. Mention any two types of needle points in sewing machine. IV R
7. State any four types of sewing thread packages used in garment. IV U
8. Why different numbering systems are followed in sewing threads? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State any three upper garments used in Industry. I R
10. Mention the major body measurement in pattern making. II U
11. What is step lay in garment making? III R
12. Mention the uses of drills, notchers and die cutting machine. III U
13. State the thread consumption per inch of seam for any three different
stitches. IV U
14. Mention the uses of bar tack and label sewing machine. IV R
15. Mention any three importance of pressing. V U
16. What are the cares and maintenance required for sewing machines? II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 124
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. What are the styles of garments? Describe any two styles of
upper and lower garments.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the stages in the development of a collection in a garment
styles with a flowchart.
I R & U 10
18. A. Explain the T-shirt drafting procedure with a neat sketch. II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the pattern making for ladies skirt with a line sketch. II R & U 10
19. A. What are the types of spreading methods for different types of
fabrics used in cutting section? Explain.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat diagram, explain the working of the band knife cutting
machine.
III R & U 10
20. A. Explain the working of basic sewing machine with neat diagram. IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the different types of thread packages used in the
garment making? Explain.
IV R & U 10
21. A. With a neat line diagram, describe the construction and working of
continuous fusing machine.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain any five types of finishes used in garment. V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 125
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 5306
Course Name : TEXTILE TESTING
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Textile Testing 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of
Periods
I SAMPLING FOR TEXTILES AND MOISTURE RELATIONS 11
II FIBRE TESTING 12
III YARN TESTING 13
IV FABRIC TESTING 13
V STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 13
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C504.1 Describe different sampling techniques and measurement of Humidity and Moisture in Textiles.
C504.2 Define the terms related to fibre testing and demonstrate the fibre testing instruments.
C504.3 Explain the principles and working of yarn testing instruments.
C504.4 Demonstrate the principles and working of instruments used for fabric testing.
C504.5 Apply statistical tools for textile testing.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 126
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C504.1 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
C504.2 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
C504.3 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
C504.4 1 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
C504.5 3 3 - 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1
Total 7 15 8 11 - - 4 - 10 10 10 5
Correlation
Level 1.4 3 2 2.2 - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I SAMPLING FOR TEXTILES AND MOISTURE RELATIONS .....11 PERIODS
1.1 Sampling for fibres, yarns and fabrics: Definitions and terminology related to
sample, random and biased samples; Methods used in sampling of fibres: squaring
technique, cut squaring method and zoning technique; Methods used in sampling of
yarns and fabrics.
2 Per
1.2. Humidity and its measurement: Humidity and its importance in textiles. Definitions
and terminology related to humidity, absolute humidity, relative humidity, standard
atmosphere and standard testing atmosphere. Study of instruments for measuring
humidity – Wet and dry bulb hygrometer.
3 Per
1.3. Moisture Content and Regain: Definitions and terminology related to moisture
content, moisture regain, and standard regain, commercial regain and blend regain.
Standard regain values for important fibres. Basic calculations of moisture content
and regain. Reasons for differences in fibre regain.
3 Per
1.4 Humidity relations and Regain measurement: Factors affecting regain. Regain –
humidity relations – Absorption and desorption curves. Effects of moisture regain
on fibre properties. Study of instruments for measuring moisture content and regain
– Conditioning oven.
3 Per
UNIT – II FIBRE TESTING .....12 PERIODS
2.1 Fibre length testing: Fibre length and its importance. Definitions and terminology
related to fibre length, staple length, mean length, upper quartile length, effective
length, modal length, percentage of short fibres, dispersion, span length, 2.5 % span
length, 50 % span length, uniformity ratio and short fibre index. Study of methods of
measuring fibre length – hand stapling method. Study of fibre length measuring
instruments – Baer sorter and Digital Fibro graph.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G1X2VmgEOeEfor fibre length testing)
2.2 Fibre fineness and maturity testing: Fibre fineness and its importance – Study of
fibre fineness measuring instruments: Sheffield Micronaire and ATIRA fibre
fineness tester; Maturity of cotton fibre and its importance – Study of Caustic soda
swelling method and Causticaire method.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SpLOKh4Z_4Ufor Micronaire tester)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 127
2.3 Fibre strength testing: Importance of fibre strength – Terms and definitions related
to fibre strength – Initial young’s modulus, yield point and breaking length. Stress –
Strain curve – Stress – Strain curves for important textile fibres. Study of Stelometer.
3 Per
2.4 Trash testing, Nep count and Advanced fibre testing instruments: Trash in cotton
and its importance – Study of Shirley trash analyser. Fibre Quality Index and its
importance. Method of Nep counting in card web. Brief study of salient features of
High Volume and AFIS instruments.
2 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-n5SsKs7Q4w for Trash Analyser)
UNIT – III YARN TESTING .....13 PERIODS
3.1 Yarn count and Twist testing: Measurement of hank of lap, sliver and rove – Yarn
count – Definitions of English, Tex and Denier systems – Determination of yarn
count by Beesley’s balance and Auto sorter – importance of yarn twist – Study of
single yarn twist tester using twist contraction method – Study of Take-up twist
tester and Electronic twist tester.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f4OmzOXt2aM for Twist Tester)
3.2 Yarn strength testing: Importance of yarn strength test – Factors affecting tensile
strength testing – Principles of CRT, CRL and CRE – Study of instruments – Single
thread strength tester of CRT type – Lea strength tester – Instron tester – Uster
Tensorapid.
3 Per
3.3 Yarn evenness testing: Classification of variation – Random and Periodic variations
–Short, medium and long term variations. Basic Irregularity and Index of Irregularity.
Methods used for measuring yarn evenness. - Yarn appearance board winder and
Uster evenness tester – IV/V. Study of Uster Classmate II – Study of Yarn Hairiness
tester
6 Per
UNIT – IV FABRIC TESTING .....13 PERIODS
4.1 Fabric thickness and strength testing: Study of Shirley thickness tester – Crimp –
Definition – Study of crimp tester – Importance of tensile, tearing and bursting
strength tests in fabrics – Study of fabric tensile strength tester of Pendulum type,
Elmendorf tearing strength tester and hydraulic bursting strength tester.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TN6KUrdCywU for fabric tensile strength tester)
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abml7QrFWRk for fabric tearing strength tester)
4.2 Fabric abrasion, pilling, stiffness and drape testing: Serviceability, wear and
abrasion resistance – Factors affecting abrasion testing – Study of Martindale
abrasion tester – Pilling of fabrics – Study of ICI pill box tester – Fabric stiffness,
handle and drape – Study of Stiffness tester and Drape meter.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=abml7QrFWRk for abrasion resistance tester)
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EAu5h1ssEA8 for pilling tester)
4.3 Fabric crease recovery, air and water permeability testing:Crease resistance and
crease recovery – Study of crease recovery tester – Definitions and terms related
to air permeability, air porosity and air resistance – Measurement of Air
permeability using air permeability tester –Definitions related to water permeability
– Absorbability, shower proof, water proof, water repellent – Study of Spray tester.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f6AJ9VkThTE for drape tester)
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KFsQb9ws_CU for air permeability tester)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 128
4.4 Flammability testing and advanced fabric testing instruments: Flammability of
fabrics – Definitions and terms of flammable, flame proof, flame resistant and flame
resistant rating – Brief study of methods of flammability test.
Brief study of objective measurement of fabric handles by Kawabata Tester and FAST
tester.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f6LMOT6r9VA for FAST)
UNIT –V STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL .....13 PERIODS
5.1 Frequency distribution, histogram and frequency polygon: Objectives of statistical
quality control – Definitions and explanation of terminology related to population,
sample, data, collection of data and tabulation of data; Frequency distribution:
preparation of exclusive and inclusive series types of frequency distribution;
Construction of histogram and frequency polygon.
5 Per
5.2 Measures of central tendancy:Definitions and simple calculations of mean, median,
mode, range, mean deviation, percentage mean deviation, standard deviation and
co-efficient of variation. Normal distribution- properties.
5 Per
5.3 Significance test and Quality control charts: Significance testing of Means only.
Quality control charts: Importance and advantages of control charts construction of
charts for averages and ranges only.
3 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Mallur Siddheswara Spinning Mills Ltd, Salem
2. M/s. Intertek Services, Tirupur
3. M/s. SITRA, Coimbatore
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. HVI and AFIS testers
2. Kawabata and FAST testers
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile Testing .Com
2. http..//www.textilecoolsocial.net
3. http..//www.textilelearners.blog.spot.com
4. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
5. http..//www.uster.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. BIS, ASTM and AATCC norms
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 129
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Textile Testing - I NCUTE Publication NCUTE Publication,
New Delhi
2003
2. Textile Testing -Fibre ,
Yarn &Fabric
Arindam Basu SITRA Publication,
Coimbatore
2006
3. Hand Book of Methods
of Test for cotton fibres,
yarns and fabrics
V.Sundaram and
R.L.N.Iyengar
CTRL ,Mumbai 1988
4. Textile Testing P.Angappan &
R.Gopalakrishnan
SSM Co-operative
Stores, Komarapalayam
2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Principles of Textile
Testing
J.E. Booth Butter worth Scientific ,
London
1996
2. The Characteristics of
raw cotton Vol II Part -I
in the series ‘Manual of
cotton spinning’
E.Lord The Textile Institute and
Butterworth , England
1961
3. ISI Hand book of Textile
Testing
---
Indian Standard
Institution ,New Delhi
1982
4. Methods of Test for
Textiles –B.S.Hand book
No:11
B.S.I British Standard
Institution, London
1963
5. Statistical methods Gupta S.Chand &Co., New
Delhi
1983
6. An Outline of statistical
methods for use in the
Textile Industry
A.Brearley
&D.R.Cox
WIRA, Leeds , UK 1974
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 130
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Testing
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O - 5306
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define the term Biased Sample. I R
2. Explain the term 2.5% Span length. II R
3. Mention any two advantages of digital fibrograph. II R
4. Explain CRE principle of loading. III R
5. Why is Lea strength tester popular in Textile Mills? III An
6. Mention any two factors affecting abrasion resistance testing. IV R
7. Define Co-efficient of variation. V R
8. State the formula used to find cloth cover factor. IV R
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State any three factors affecting fibre regain. I R
10. What is the importance of fibre length test? Explain. II U
11. What are Mature, Immature and Half Mature fibres? II R & U
12. Define Short, Medium and Long term variations III R
13. What do you understand by “Serviceability, Wear and Abrasion”? IV R & U
14. Define Water resistance fabrics and Water repellent fabrics. IV R
15. What is‘t’ test? What is its use? V U
16. Compare cut strip and ravelled strip tests in tensile testing of fabrics III An
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 131
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain with a neat sketch, the method of determining relative
humidity using Wet and Dry bulb hygrometer.
I U 10
(OR)
B. Draw absorption and desorption curves for any five important
fibres. Explain the reasons for differences in fibre regain.
I U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch, explain the principle and working of Digital
Fibrograph.
II U 10
(OR)
B. Explain with a neat sketch the method of determining fibre
fineness using Micronaire.
II U 10
19. A. Describe with a neat sketch, the Take up twist tester used to find
out double yarn twist.
III U 10
(OR)
B. Explain with a neat sketch, the method of assessing yarn evenness
by using Uster evenness tester.
III U 10
20. A. With a neat sketch, explain the working of abrasion resistance
tester for determining the abrasion resistance of a fabric.
IV U 10
(OR)
B. What are the fabric handle properties measured by FAST &
Kawabatta?
IV U 10
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 132
21. A. A fabric was tested for strength before and after chemical
treatment. In each case ten specimens were tested and following
results were obtained:
Untreated fabric Treated fabric
Number of tests 10 10
Mean strength 295 271
Standard deviation 8 12
Is their sufficient evidence to show that the chemical treatment
has already weakened the filament?
Given: t values at 5% level - 2.101 and at 1% level - 2.878
V Ap 10
(OR)
B. Construct the control chart for mean for the following lea strength
results and state your conclusion.
Cone No 1 2 3 4
1 34.5 33.0 33.5 34.0
2 30.5 36.0 33.5 33.0
3 33.0 33.0 35.5 37.0
4 39.5 37.0 33.5 32.5
5 32.0 34.5 35.5 32.0
6 33.0 35.0 34.5 34.0
7 31.0 35.0 34.5 34.0
8 30.0 30.0 32.5 34.0
9 31.5 33.0 36.0 32.5
10 32.5 35.0 34.5 32.5
Given values : A2=0.729, D3=0, D4=2.282
V Ap 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 133
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Testing
Model Question Paper – II
Year/Sem: III / V
Code no: 15O – 5306
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define the term Relative Humidity. I R
2. Define the term Mean length of fibres. II R
3. Define the term Fibre fineness. II R
4. What is Auto Sorter? III R
5. Define the term Drape. IV R
6. Define Air permeability. IV R
7. What is Range? V R
8. Compare CRL & CRE principles of loading. III An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Explain the effects of regain on fibre properties. I R & An
10. What is FQI? What is its use? II U
11. Explain random and periodic variations. III U
12. Explain the principle used in Instron tester. III U
13. Define flame proof and flame resistant fabrics. IV R
14. Bursting strength test is required for parachute fabrics. Why? IV An
15. Explain the importance of Control charts. V U
16. A fibre of 50 grams weight was heated at 1050 C for 1 ½ Periods in an oven
and oven dry weight was found to be 46 grams. Calculate the Moisture
Regain of the fibre.
I Ap
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 134
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain different sampling techniques used for fibre and yarn
samples selection.
I U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch, explain the method of determining moisture
content and moisture regain of a fibre.
I U 10
18. A. Describe how the different fibre length parameters are measured
using Baer sorter.
II U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat line diagram, explain the working of Shirley analyzer to
find the trash in the given sample.
II U 10
19. A. What is twist? Describe with a neat sketch, the tester used to find
the single yarn twist.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain with a neat sketch, the working of Single yarn strength
tester.
III U 10
20. A. Explain the principle and working of fabric tensile strength tester
with a neat sketch.
IV U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat line diagram, explain the working of air permeability
tester.
IV U 10
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 135
21. A. Calculate Mean, Median, Mode, SD and CV% from the following
data.
22.8, 22.6, 22.4, 22.8, 22.9, 22.6, 22.8, 22.4, 22.6, 22.6
V Ap 10
(OR)
B. The yarn lea strength results of 10 randomly chosen bobbins on
two consecutive days from the same ring frame are given below:
Day Yarn Lea strength in lb.
1 48 52 55 49 56 53 49 52 50 53
2 58 55 49 56 52 50 53 50 48 56
Do the “test of significance” and comment.
Given t values at 1% level = 2.878 and 5% level = 2.101
V Ap 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 136
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 5311
Course Name : FABRIC MANUFACTURE - II PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Fabric Manufacture -II
Practical 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO
Statement
On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C505.1 Demonstrate the working of different dobbies.
C505.2 Explain the working of double lift double cylinder jacquard and drop box mechanism.
C505.3 Describe the working of various mechanisms in Auto looms.
C505.4 Analyse the woven grey / stripped / checked fabric for GSM and calculate cost per meter of fabrics.
C505.5 Explain the working principles of warp and weft knitting machines
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C505.1 - 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C505.2 - 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C505.3 - 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C505.4 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C505.5 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Total 2 15 15 8 - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 137
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Trace a neat sketch of Climax Dobby and indicate the important machine parts, write their
functions. Prepare a lattice suitable for Left hand Dobby / Right hand Dobby for the given
design.
2. Draw a neat sketch of Cam dobby and indicate the important machine parts. Write their
functions in brief. Prepare the card for the given design.
3. Trace a neat sketch of Double Lift Double Cylinder Jacquard. Indicate the important
machine parts and write their functions. Prepare Punched cards for the given design.
4. Trace a neat sketch of piano card cutting machine. Indicate the important machine parts and
write their functions. Prepare Punched cards for the given design.
5. Draw a neat sketch of Cow burn &Peck’s Drop box mechanism. Indicate all the important
machine parts and write their functions. Prepare a pattern chain for the given pattern.
6. Draw a neat sketch of Castellated bar mechanical warp stop motion. Indicate all the important
machine parts and write their functions. Draw the different types of drop wires.
7. Draw a neat sketch of Cop changing mechanism and observe its working. Indicate the
important machine parts and write their functions.
8. Trace a neat sketch of Ruti – C Semi positive Let off motion and observe its working. Indicate
all the important machine parts and write their functions.
9. Cloth analysis – Striped cloth/ Checked – Calculation of weight of warp and weft yarn
required to produce a particular cloth length in meters and GSM and GSY from the given
sample.
10. Calculate the cost per meter of the given Grey/Stripped /Checked fabric sample.
11. Analyze the given Single Jersey/Rib weft knitted fabric for Wales / inch, Courses / inch, Yarn
count, Stitch density, Stitch length and calculate the GSM. Verify the same by weighing in an
electronic balance.
12. Calculate the production per hour in Kilogram by taking suitable parameters from the Circular
Single Jersey weft knitting machine in laboratory. Analyze the Single Jersey fabric in machine
for Yarn count and Stitch length.
13. Draw a neat sketch of the Circular weft knitting machine and mark all the parts. Explain the
passage and write the functions of the parts.
14. Draw a neat sketch of the V-Bed Flat weft knitting machine and mark all the parts. Explain the
passage and write the functions of the parts.
15. Draw the passage of material through Warp knitting machine and mark the parts. Draw the
driving arrangement for the needle bar and explain its knitting actions.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 138
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Machine Quantity
1. Climax Dobby 1 No.
2. Cam Dobby 1 No.
3. Loom with Cowburn &Peck’s Drop Box motion 1 No.
4. Ruti C Automatic loom 1 No.
5. Double lift Double cylinder Jacquard 1 No.
6. Piano Card cutting machine 1 No.
7. Lacing Stand 1 No.
8. Circular knitting machine 1 No.
9. V-bed flat knitting machine 1 No.
10. Warp knitting machine 1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 139
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 5312
Course Name : GARMENT PATTERN MAKING PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Garment Pattern
Making Practical 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C506.1 Demonstrate the basic concepts of the colour theory
C506.2 Identify different types of seams and components of stitches
C506.3 Create the pattern for men’s wear
C506.4 Develop the pattern for women’s wear
C506.5 Design the pattern for kids wear
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C506.1 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C506.2 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C506.3 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C506.4 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C506.5 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Total 5 15 15 - - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 140
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Drawing the colour charts for Primary &Secondary colours and 12 colour wheels.
2 Drawing the colour charts for Tints &Shades of all primary and secondary colours.
3 Drawing ladies high fashion dress and make it decorative.
4 Preparing samples for different types of seams.
5 Preparing samples for basic components of stitches.
6 Prepare block pattern and working pattern for collar and cuff of a shirt.
7 Prepare pattern drafting for basic T-shirt.
8 Prepare pattern drafting for Men’s full arm shirt with single pocket.
9 Prepare pattern drafting for women’s chudidhar.
10 Pattern drafting for Ladies night wear.
11 Pattern drafting for A-Line frock with puff sleeve.
12 Pattern drafting for umbrella frock with sleeve.
13 Pattern drafting for ladies Salwar&Kameez.
14 Pattern drafting for Bermudas for boys.
15 Pattern drafting for Kids garment.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Equipment &Materials Quantity
1. Scissors 15 Nos.
2. 1 meter scale 10 Nos.
3. Inch tape 5 Nos.
4. Brown sheet 100 Nos.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 141
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 5314
Course Name : TEXTILE TESTING PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Textile Testing Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C507.1 Determine the moisture content, length, fineness, strength and trash content of fibre samples.
C507.2 Analyse twist, count, single yarn strength and lea strength of yarn samples
C507.3 Determine tensile , tearing and bursting strength of fabrics
C507.4 Find stiffness, drape and crease recovery of fabric samples
C507.5 Determine water repellency, air permeability and abrasion resistance of fabric samples
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C507.1 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
C507.2 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
C507.3 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
C507.4 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
C507.5 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
Total 10 15 15 15 - - 5 15 10 10 10 5
Correlation
Level 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 142
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Moisture Content and Moisture Regain of given sample using conditioning oven.
2. Determination of fibre length parameters of the given fibre using Baer sorter.
3. Determination of fibre fineness using ATIRA fineness tester.
4. Determination of trash content in cotton by Shirley Analyser
5. Determination of Hank of Sliver and Rove by using Wrap block.
6. Determination of single yarn twist by using Tension type twist tester.
7. Determination of double yarn twist by using Take-up twist tester.
8. Determination of Yarn Lea strength using Lea strength tester.
9. Determination of Crimp in warp and weft yarns using Crimp tester and Basic fabric qualities.
10. Determination of fabric tensile strength by using Cloth Tensile Tester of CRT vertical type.
11. Determination of fabric Tearing and Bursting strength by using Tearing strength tester and Hydraulic type bursting strength tester.
12. Determination of fabric stiffness by using stiffness tester.
13. Determination of fabric drape by using Drape meter and fabric crease recovery by using crease recovery tester.
14. Determination of fabric abrasion resistance by using abrasion resistance tester.
15. Determination of air permeability of fabric by using Air Permeability Tester and determination of water repellence characteristics of fabric by using Spray Tester.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1. Conditioning oven 1 No.
2. Baer Sorter 1 No.
3. ATIRA Fibre Fineness Tester 1 No.
4. Wrap Block 1 No.
5. Tension type Twist Tester 1 No.
6. Take-up Twist tester 1 No.
7. Electronic Twist tester 1 No.
8. Wrap Reel 1 No.
9. Lea strength Tester 1 No.
10. Fabric Tensile Strength Tester 1 No.
11. Tearing Strength Tester 1 No.
12. Crimp Tester 1 No.
13. Fabric Thickness Tester 1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 143
14. Quadrant Balance 1 No.
15. Crease Recovery Tester 1 No.
16. Drape Meter 1 No.
17. Abrasion Resistance Tester 1 No.
18. Beesley Balance 1 No.
19. Cloth Stiffness Tester 1 No.
20. Air Permeability Tester 1 No.
21. Spray Tester 1 No.
22. Physical Balance 2 Nos.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 144
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : V
Course Code : 150 – 5316
Course Name : PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND MINI PROJECT
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods / Week
Periods / Semester
Continuous Assessment
Semester– End
Examination Total
Professional Practice and
Mini Project
4 60. 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I INDUSTRIAL VISIT 8
II LECTURES BY THE PROFESSIONAL / INDUSTRIAL EXPERTS 6
III INFORMATION SEARCH 8
IV SEMINAR AND GROUP DISCUSSION BY THE STUDENTS 12
V MINI PROJECT 20
REVIEW AND MODEL EXAM 6
TOTAL PERIODS 60
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C508.1 Compile a report on industrial visits.
C508.2 Prepare a report on special lectures given by industrial experts.
C508.3 Summaries the information collected from various sources during market survey.
C508.4 Discuss on assigned topic in a group comprising of four to six members.
C508.5 Design and develop a small project in a group and submit report on it.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 145
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C508.1 1 3 2 - - - 2 3 2 2 2 1
C508.2 1 3 - - - - 1 2 2 2 2 1
C508.3 1 3 2 1 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
C508.4 1 3 - - - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
C508.5 1 3 2 1 - - 1 3 2 2 2 1
Total 5 15 6 2 - - 6 14 10 10 10 5
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 1 - - 1.2 2.8 2 2 2 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT- I INDUSTRIALVISITS .....8 PERIODS
Structured industrial visits (minimum two) to be arranged and report of the same
should be submitted by individual students, as part of the term work.
Industrial visits may be arranged to any of the following Industry:
M/s. SP Spinning Mills, Avinashi
M/S.Rajendra Spinning Mills, Salem.
M/s. Gokaldas Exports Limited, Bangalore.
M/s. Rasitex India Pvt Ltd, Attur.
M/s. RSWM Limited, Hosur.
M/s. CIBI International, Perundurai.
M/s. KKP Group of Companies, Namakkal.
M/s. Loyal Textiles Ltd, Kovilpatti.
M/s. Narasus Spinning, Omalur.
M/s. Sabare International Ltd, Karur.
M/s. Precot Meridian, Pollachi.
M/s. Needle Craft Garments, Tirupur.
8 Per
UNIT-II LECTURES BY THE PROFESSIONALS / INDUSTRIAL EXPERTS .....6 PERIODS
Lectures can be organized on any three topics of the following suggested areas and
individual students have to submit a report.
Recent developments in spinning/weaving/processing/garment areas
Material Handling devices and machines
Fire Fighting / Safety Precautions and First aids
Pollution control and effluent treatment in processing unit.
Functional finishes on Textiles and Garments
Bio-technology in Textiles
Waste control in Textile Mill.
Garment quality and Costing control
6 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 146
Non woven and Technical textiles
Electronic controls in Textiles
Electrical Safety in Industry
Medical Textiles and its applications
Applications of Nano Technology in Textiles
Total Quality Management and Total Productive Maintenance
Six Sigma systems and 5’s
ISO 9000 systems
UNIT- III INFORMATION SEARCH .....8 PERIODS
3.1 LITERATURE SURVEY
Information search can be done through manufacturers, catalogues, internets,
Textile Journals, E- books etc. And submit report on any two topics.
Following topics are suggested:
Recent developments in Textile Machinery
Smart / Intelligent Textiles
Non-Conventional Energy Sources with focus on solar / Wind energy
Specialty Textiles
Developments in Garment manufacturing machinery
Different drives/Transmission systems in Textiles.
Illumination in Textile Mills
Any other recent textile related topic
4 Per
3.2 MARKET SURVEY
A group of four students is expected to collect information from the market
regarding specifications and cost of four textile items used in domestic, commercial
and industrial use.
4 Per
UNIT-IV SEMINAR AND GROUP DISCUSSION .....12 PERIODS
4.1 SEMINAR
Students (group of two to four students) have to search /collect information about
the topic through literature, visits and discussions with experts/concerned
persons. Students have to submit a report of about 10 pages and deliver a seminar
for 10 minutes for any three topics.
Some of the suggested seminar topics are:
Alternate fuels
Water supply schemes/Problems of drinking water in rural area
Trends in textile market
Rain water harvesting
Safety measures in textile Industry
Environmental Pollution&control
Packing technology applicable to textile
Hard Waste control in weaving
Disaster Management
Energy saving in Textile Industry
Any other recent textile related topic
6 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 147
4.2 GROUP DISCUSSION
The students should discuss in group of four to six students and write a brief report
on the same as a part of term work. The topic of group discussions may be selected
by the faculty members.
Some of the suggested topics are:
Rain water harvesting
Trends in energy conservation
Disaster management
Plastic Carry Bags
Latest developments in spinning/weaving/processing/testing /garment
areas
Discipline and House Keeping
Current topic related to Textile field
Home Textiles
Medical Textiles
Industrial Textiles /Furnishing Textiles
Current affairs in Textile fields
6 Per
UNIT –V MINI PROJECT .....20 PERIODS
A group of four to six students to be formed, assemble the project model and also
submit a report comprising of 10 pages
Design / drawing of simple layout of a Textile Mill
Effect of changing Carding/ Draw Frame/Comber/Spinning machine
settings and speeds on yarn quality
Time and motion studies in Textile Mills
Total Quality management in Textile Industry
Waste analysis in Spinning unit
Hard Waste control in Weaving unit
Study on renewable energy- Solar/Wind or hybrid
Model of Warping and Sizing machines
Application of natural /synthetic finishes to fabrics/garments
Recycling of PET bottles
Bio-degradable Polyethylene bags
Environmental pollution control in Processing unit
Eco-friendly dyeing in Fabrics /Garments
Proto model on Green building concepts in Textile Mills
Dyeing defects and analysis
Statistical data analysis and practice in Textile Mills
20 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 148
SCHEME OF VALUATION:
ALLOCATION OF MARKS
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT MARKS (25 Marks)
Description Max. Marks
Report preparation and submission on the following:
1. Industrial Visit
15 2. Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert
3. Information Search
4. Seminar and Group Discussion by the students
5. Mini Project
Mini Project – Review 5
Attendance 5
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION EVALUATION (75 Marks)
PART – A
Written Examination
(Two Questions from Each Unit – 10 x 2 Marks) - 20 Marks
Abstract of Mini Project Work - 5Marks
Max. Marks Duration
25 1 hr.
PART – B
1. Presentation with power point for all the five units – 20 Marks
2. Model and Demonstration of the Mini Project – 20 Marks
3. Viva Voce – 10 Marks
Max. Marks Duration
50 2 hrs.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 149
SEMESTER– VI
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 150
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5307
Course Name : TEXTILE MANAGEMENT
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Textile Management 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of
Periods
I ORGANISATION &PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 12
II HUMAN RELATIONS IN INDUSTRY, SAFETY &WAGES 12
III WORK STUDY, PLANT LOCATION,LAYOUTAND MATERIAL HANDLING 13
IV PRODUCTION PLANNING &CONTROL, COSTING AND QUALITY SYSTEMS 13
V EXPORT MARKETING 12
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C601.1 Explain the organization structure, employee selection, communication and motivational techniques
C601.2 Discuss factory laws, industry safety , wages and incentives
C601.3 Describe work study , plant lay out and material handling
C601.4 Analyse production planning and control, costing and quality standards
C601.5 Discuss marketing and textile export policies
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 151
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C601.1 - 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 2 1
C601.2 - 3 - - 3 - 2 - 2 2 2 1
C601.3 - 3 - - - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
C601.4 1 3 1 1 - - 1 - 2 2 2 1
C601.5 - 3 - - - - 2 - 2 2 2 1
Total 1 15 1 1 3 - 8 - 10 10 10 5
Correlation
Level 1 3 1 1 3 - 1.6 - 2 2 2 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I ORGANISATION &PERSONNEL MANAGMENT .....12 PERIODS
1.1 Principles and types of Organisation and Management: Definition of management,
administration and organisation – Principles of management and organisation –
Types of organisation – line, functional, line &staff and committee type –
advantages and disadvantages of each type
3 Per
1.2 Organisation charts, selection and training of employees: Organisation chart for
spinning, weaving, processing, knitting and garment industries – Responsibilities of
important people in the organisation – Personnel management – definition –
functions – selection of employees – selection process involved – Training of new
employees, semi-skilled operators, skilled operators, supervisors and managers
3 Per
1.3 Communication and types: Communication – types – formal, informal, oral,
written, upward and downward communication – Barriers to successful
communication – Duties of supervisor in industry
3 Per
1.4 Role of Manager, Leader and motivational techniques: Role and characteristics of
leadership – Differences between a leader and a manager - Qualities of a manager;
Motivation – definition and need – Motivational techniques – positive and
negative types
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D5hMN_XkPQA for Communication Skills)
UNIT – II HUMAN RELATIONS IN INDUSTRY, SAFETY & WAGES ....12 PERIODS
2.1 Factory laws: Factory laws relating to working conditions, safety and welfare – Acts
relating to minimum wages, Employees state insurance, provident fund, workmen
compensation and maternity benefits
3 Per
2.2 Industrial disputes and solutions:Industrial disputes – Strikes – its causes and effects
– Lockout, picketing and gherao – Settlement of industrial disputes – Joint
consultation and collective bargaining – Government machinery to solve industrial
disputes– Labour grievances and redressal procedures
3 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 152
2.3 Plant safety: Importance of plant safety – Causes of accidents – Technical causes
and human causes – Accident prevention – Guards and safety devices used in textile
mills – Fire prevention, electrical hazards and control
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dWkNh7a0IqIfor Plant safety)
2.4 Wages and incentives: Wages– classification – wage structure – job analysis – job
evaluation – Merit rating – Methods of wage payment – payment by time, by
result and combination of time &result – advantages and disadvantages – Wage
board – Incentives – financial and non financial – Incentive systems – Bonus act –
Profit sharing
3Per
UNIT –III WORK STUDY, PLANT LOCATION, LAYOUT AND MATERIAL HANDLING .....13 PERIODS
3.1 Work study and its measurement: Work study – definition – objectives – work
study procedure – method study – definition – objectives – method study
procedure – work measurement – definition – objectives – techniques of work
measurement – time study – definition – time study procedure
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mHHkvMgzRYw (For Method Study)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=paOdijgU4t8 (For Standard time calculation)
3.2 Plant location and selection of location: Methods of increasing productivity in textile
mill – Snap study – HOK and OHS; Plant location – factors to be considered for
the selection of location – Textile mill location – Rural, Urban site – advantages
and disadvantages .
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_hHIQ0YmJtU for Plant Engineering)
3.3 Principles and types of plant layout: Principles of plant layout - Factors affecting
the plant layout – – Process layout, product layout, combination layout and fixed
position layout – advantages and disadvantages of lighting – advantages and
characteristics of good lighting – natural, artificial lighting and levels of illumination
– Air conditioning, humidification and ventilation for textile mills.
3 Per
3.4 Material handling and equipments: Objectives – principles of material handling –
types of material handling equipments for textile mills – factors to be considered
for the selection of material handling equipments used in textile mills.
3 Per
UNIT – IV PRODUCTION PLANNING &CONTROL, COSTING AND QUALITY SYSTEMS .....13 PERIODS
4.1 Production Planning and Control: Definition – Objectives – PP&C in Spinning Mills
– Brief note on PERT and CPM – Balancing of machinery for spinning mills –
12000 and 25000 spindles –Basic idea about enterprises resource planning –
Definitions of Spin Plan and Weave Plan
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fp-1_9mLlbc (For Forecasting Methods)
4.2 Costing: Objectives of costing – methods of costing – elements of cost – prime
cost – over heads – allocation of overheads by different methods – Compilation
of cost of a product – assessment of selling price of yarn
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4eUdwWNNkYU (For Methods of Costing)
4.3 Finance and Material Management: Sources of finance – shares, debentures,
preference, equity shares and public deposits – financial institutions.
Material Management – Objects of stock control – Advantages
Depreciation – definition – causes of depreciation – methods of depreciation
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9tJv5COGkD0 (For Inventory Control)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 153
4.4 Breakeven analysis and Quality systems: Breakeven analysis and its importance,
analysis of breakeven chart – Quality systems – Introduction – ISO 9001, 2008
quality systems – benefits. ISO14000 quality systems, SA 8000 and 5S Concepts.
3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mX1JDxnL0ig (For ISO 9001 Overview)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5ZVTp08CdtY (For Introduction to 5S)
UNIT –V EXPORT MARKETING .....12 PERIODS
5.1 Marketing and its types: Definition – Introduction – importance of marketing –
basic concepts of marketing – exchange – production – product – sales –
differences between selling and marketing.
3 Per
5.2 Textile export policies, costing, pricing and procedures: Exim policy of India – Its
importance in relation to national economy – Brief concepts of GATT, WTO and
Globalisation – Product identification - Parameters of export pricing – Export
costing methods – Composition of export pricing – Free On Board (FOB) – Free
Along Side (FAS) – Cost Insurance and Freight (CIF) Documentary Letter of Credit (LC)
Export procedure – receipt of overseas orders – various steps involved in the
execution of the export order.
6Per
5.3 Role of Institutions for Export of Textiles: Textile Export Promotion
councils(TEXPROCIL) – Apparel export promotion council (AEPC)
Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) – Functions of Textile Committee and Textile
Commissioner Office
3 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s.Sambandam Siva textiles (P) Ltd., Salem
2. M/s. Mallur Siddeswara Spinning Mills Ltd., Salem
3. M/s.Sree Narasimha Textiles (P) Ltd., Coimbatore
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Kaizen Technique
2. Quality Circle
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textilestudy centre.com
2. http..//www.textile manufacture process spinning
3. http..//www.textile manufacture process weaving
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 154
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Industrial Engineering and Management
O.P.Khanna Dhanpatrai Publications (P) Ltd, New Delhi
2010
2. Production planning control &Industrial Engg
K.C.Jain, L.N.Agarwal
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
2002
3. Industrial Engineering &Management system
S.Dalela,
Mansoor Ali
Standard publishers and distributors
2000
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Industrial Engineering and management
K.Balasundaram Pratheeba publishers
Coimbatore
2008
2. Encyclopaedia of Textiles P.V.Vidya sagar Mittal publications, New Delhi.
2000
3. Marketing
Management
Philip Kotler Prentice Hall Inc 2004
4. Industrial Engineering and Operations Management
S.K.Sharma & Savitha sharma
S.K.Kataria &Sons
New Delhi
2004
5. Norms for spinning Mills T.V.Ratnam,
K.P.Chellamani
SITRA, Coimbatore
2010
6. Garment marketing and merchandising
DR.V.R.Sampath &
Dr R.Perumalraj
Kalai selvi Pathippagam Coimbatore
2007
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 155
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Management
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5307
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define the term Management. I R
2. What do you understand by Minimum Wage Act? II U
3. What is collective bargaining? II R
4. Define Work study. III R
5. What is snap study? III R
6. What is PERT? IV R
7. Expand the terms: FAS & FOB. V R
8. What is the importance of Letter of Credit? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Mention any three barriers to successful communication. I R
10. Explain the terms Lockout, Picketing and Gherao. II U
11. Define the terms HOK and OHS. III R
12. Mention any three factors affecting plant layout. III R
13. State any three functions of PP&C department. IV R
14. What is break-even analysis? IV U
15. What are the roles of WTO? V U
16. Explain the importance of plant safety. II U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 156
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. State the principles of management. Explain any 10 principles. I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Draw an organisation chart for a 25000 spindle spinning mill and
write the responsibilities of any six executives in a textile mill.
I U 10
18. A. Explain in detail, the factory acts relating to health and safety in
industries.
II U 10
(OR)
B. What are the various methods of wage payment systems? Explain
them with their advantages and disadvantages.
II R & U 10
19. A. What are the important factors that affect the plant location?
Explain any five factors.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the method study procedure in detail. III U 10
20. A. Mention the objectives of costing and explain the methods of
costing.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. How will you determine the selling price of yarn? Explain in detail. IV U 10
21. A. What is marketing? What are the differences between marketing
and selling?
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the export procedure in detail while executing an overseas
order.
V U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 157
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Textile Management
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O - 5307
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. Define the term Administration. I R
2. What are the types of communication? I U
3. What is Labour Grievance? II U
4. Define Time study. III R
5. Define the term Merit rating. III R
6. What is PP & C? IV U
7. Define FOB V R
8. Compare time rate and piece rate wage payment systems II An
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What are the functions of Personnel Management? II U
10. Explain the terms Job Analysis and Job Evaluation. III U
11. Mention any three factors affecting Material handling in Textile Mills. III R
12. Explain preference and equity shares. IV U
13. State any three roles of AEPC. V R
14. Explain the role of GATT. V U
15. Explain the importance of Quality systems in Textile Mills. V R
16. Compare a leader and a Manager V An
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 158
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
Marks
17. A. Mention the various types of industrial organisations and explain
any two of them with their merits and demerits.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. How is the selection process of employees carried out in industry?
Explain.
I U 10
18. A. Explain the time rate and piece rate wage payment systems. What
are the advantages and disadvantages of those systems?
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the causes of industrial accidents? Explain how the
accidents can be prevented?
II R & U 10
19. A. Explain in detail the steps involved in conducting time study in an
industry.
III U 10
(OR)
B. Mention the various types of industrial layouts and explain any
two of them, mentioning their advantages and disadvantages.
III R & U 10
20. A. Explain the functions of production planning and control
department in an industry.
IV U 10
(OR)
B. Mention the importance of break even analysis and explain the
break even analysis with the help of a chart.
IV U & An 10
21. A. What is the importance of marketing? Explain in detail any three
concepts of marketing.
V U 10
(OR)
B. Mention the importance of export pricing and explain the
composition of export pricing.
V U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 159
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5401A
Course Name : ADVANCED TEXTILE MANUFACTURE
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester–
End
Examination
Total
Advanced Textile
Manufacture 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I AUTOMATION IN RING FRAME,COMPACT SPINNING,TWO-FOR-ONE TWISTER AND FANCY YARNS
16
II MODERN SPINNING 15
III MODERN WEAVING 15
IV NON-WOVENS AND MEDICAL TEXTILES 15
V GEO TEXTILES,TRANSPORTATION TEXTILES AND PROTECTIVE TEXTILES
16
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C602A.1 Describe the automation in Ring frame , Compact spinning and Two-for-one twister
C602A.2 Explain the working principle of rotor spinning, dref spinning and air vortex spinning.
C602A.3 Describe the working principle of various shuttleless looms and circular weaving
C602A.4 Explain the different types of non-woven fabrics and their manufacturing processes, classification of technical textiles and applications of medical textiles
C602A.5 Discuss the applications of Geo textiles, Transportation textiles and Protective textiles.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 160
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C602A.1 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C602A.2 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C602A.3 - 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C602A.4 - 3 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
C602A.5 - 3 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
Total 1 15 6 10 - - - - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT–I AUTOMATION IN RING FRAME, COMPACT SPINNING, TWO-FOR-ONE TWISTER AND
FANCY YARNS .....16 PERIODS
1.1 Automationin Ring frame : Working of auto doffers in Ring frame – purpose and
working of ring data monitoring device – Roving bobbin transportation system (BTS) –
Automatic cop transport – Link coner
5 Per
1.2 Compact spinning: Brief study of principle of operation – advantages – properties of
compact yarns. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMtYlD--o7k for compact spinning)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6uX9yO_esPM for principle of compactspinning)
1.3 Two – for – one Twister : Brief study of Doubler winder. Two – For – one twister –
objects – principle of working – material passage and advantages 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vUcnXNrYw1w for Two for one Twister)
1.4 Fancy Yarns :Brief study of core spun yarns – melange yarns – multi count – multi
twist and slub yarns. 5 Per
UNIT–II MODERN SPINNING .....15 PERIODS
2.1 Rotor spinning: Introduction – Basic principle – constructional details and working of
the Rotor spinning machine – functions of feed roller, opening roller, feed tube,
rotor insert, Separator, rotor, navel, glass tube and take-up rollers. Brief study of
back doubling and wrapping fibres.
4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aR8GwBgfgTU for rotor spinning)
2.2 Structure of rotor yarn: characteristic comparison of ring and rotor yarn – end uses –
Advantages of Rotor spinning – calculations pertaining to rotor speed, draft, twist,
yarn count, efficiency and production of Rotor spinning machine.
5 Per
2.3 Friction spinning: Principle of operation – yarn formation in DREF 2 and DREF 3
processes – raw material requirement – Dref yarn characteristics and end uses. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wdleUSXLO8U for friction spinning)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 161
2.4 Air-Vortex spinning: Principle of operation – raw material used – Air-Vortex yarn
characteristics and end uses. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMYCb9ea11g for air vortex spinning)
UNIT–III MODERN WEAVING .....15 PERIODS
3.1 Introduction andJet looms:Introduction to shuttle less weaving – Types of shuttle less
looms; Working principle of Air-jet picking system – passage of material through Air
Jet loom – Working of different types of Weft accumulators – Workingprinciple of
Water jet picking system – Working of the water jet pump system – Limitations of
Air Jet and Water Jet weaving systems –Brief study on Multi phase weaving machines
5 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s0W0iDj7_hc for types of weft insertion)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vl2rmup2dVY for air jet loom)
3.2 Projectile and Rapier looms: Principle of projectile weaving – Construction and
working of Torsion bar picking system and Cam beat up system –Weft laying stages in
Projectile loom – Principle of rapier weaving (Dewas and Gabler types) – Different
rapier weft insertion systems– Flexible and rigid rapier driving systems –Types of
selvedges formed in Shuttle less weaving machines
6 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JiE0GgwpCXU for projectile loom)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RZ59oWsoPs0 for rapier loom)
3.3 Circular Weaving: Passage of material through Circular loom – brief study of Shedding
and picking in circular loom – Advantages of Circular weaving 4 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zhzf6cIEGM8 for circular weaving)
UNIT–IVNON-WOVENS AND MEDICAL TEXTILES .....15 PERIODS
4.1 Non wovens: Definition – Classification of different types of non woven fabrics –
production process: web formation – principles of dry laid, wet laid and random laid
web formation.
4 Per
4.2 Types of web bonding: Mechanical bonding – needle punching – chemical bonding –
Adhesive bonding – saturation and spray techniques. Thermal bonding – calendar
bonding – Applications of non – woven fabrics.
5 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qg36AvTtenI for needle punching)
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y24llHilb5M for chemical bonding)
4.3 Technical Textiles : Introduction – Definition – Classification of Technical Textiles 2 Per
4.4 Medical Textiles: Definition – Classification of Medical Textiles – Brief study of
applications of medical textiles. 4Per
UNIT-V GEO TEXTILES, TRANSPORTATION TEXTILES AND PROTECTIVE TEXTILES ....16 PERIODS
5.1 Geo Textiles: Definition – functions of Geo Textiles–Separation, Filtration,
Reinforcement, Drainage and Protection. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=15PaTXcPYh4 for Geo textiles)
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 162
5.2 Applications of Geo Textiles: Brief study of Geo grids, Geo membranes –
Applications of Geo Textiles – road work, railway work, erosion control and drainage
systems.
4 Per
5.3 Transportation Textiles: Definition – applications of transportation textiles – Seat
belts, Air bags, Seat covers – Conveyor belts and Transmission belts. Fibres and yarns
used in Tyre cords.
5 Per
5.4 Protective Textiles: Definition – Flame protective clothing , chemical protective
clothing – Camouflage dress and Bullet proof clothing. 4 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Balavigna Weaving Mills, Dindigal
2. M/s.Premier Weaving Mills, Veppadai
3. M/s. Alamelu Textiles, Elampillai
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Agro Textiles and Sports Textiles
2. Latest developments in weaving
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile manufacture process.com
2. http..//www.rieter.com
3. http..//www.trutezschler.com
4. http..//www.textile slide share.net
5. http..//www.lakshmimach.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. SITRA and NITRA Norms
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. New Spinning Systems
R.V. Mahendra Gowda
NCUTE Publication
New Delhi
2003
2. Non Woven P.Madhavamoorthi
Guruprasad Sunder Shetty
Mahajan Publishers Private Limited
Ahmedabad
2005
3. Yarns and Technical Textiles
K.P.Chellamani
Debasis
Chattopadhyay
SITRA
Coimbatore
1999
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 163
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Manual of Textile Technology – A practical Guide to Ring spinning
W.Klein The Textile Institute, Manchester
1987
2. Manual of Textile Technology – New Spinning Systems
W.Klein The Textile Institute, Manchester
1987
3. The Rieter Manual of Spinning
Volume 5 Rotor spinning
Volume 6 Alternative spinning systems
Heinz Ernst
Dr. Herbert Stalder
Rieter Machine Works Ltd.,
Wintherthur
2011
4. Open-end Spinning Rohlena etal Elsevier scientific
Publishing Co.,
Amsterdam,
New York
1976
5. Modern Preparation and
Weaving Machinery
A.Ormerod Butterworth, London
1983
6. Principles of Weaving
Marks &
Robinson
The Textile Institute
Manchester
1976
7. Weaving – Machines, Mechanism,
Management
Dr.M.K.Talukdar
P.K.Sriramulu
D.P.Ajgaonkar
Mahajan Publishers
Pvt.Ltd.,Ahmedabad
1998
8. Hand book of Technical Textiles
A R Horrocks and
S C Anand
The Textile Institute
Wood head Publishing Limited
Cambridge, England
2000
9. Medical Textiles S C Anand The Textile Institute
Wood head Publishing Limited
Cambridge, England
1996
10. Textiles – Fiber to Fabric
Bernard P.Corbman McGraw Hill Book Co.,
Singapore
1983
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 164
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Advanced Textile Manufacture
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5401A
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is the purpose of ring data monitoring device in modern ring frame? I U
2. State any two advantages of compact spinning. I U
3. What is the principle of Rotor spinning? II R & U
4. What are the uses of Air Vortex yarns? II R & U
5. State two limitations of Air Jet Weaving? III R
6. Mention the two types of accumulators used in shuttleless loom. IV R
7. State the different web bonding techniques. IV U
8. How do you classify Medical Textiles? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Mention the objectives of two – for – one twister. I R & U
10. What do you understand by core spun yarn? I R & U
11. State the principle of Air Vortex spinning. II R & U
12. Mention any three types of selvedges formed in shuttleless loom. III U
13. With a neat sketch explain the shed formation in circular loom. IV U
14. How do you classify non-woven fabrics? IV R
15. What do you understand by Bullet proof clothing? V R
16. In Lakshmi - Rieter rotor spinning machine, rotor speed = 75,000rpm, yarn
count =24s, T.M. = 5.25, find the yarn delivery rate in metres/min. II Ap
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 165
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat sketch explain the principle of operation of compact
spinning.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Draw a neat line diagram of two - for - one twister and explain its
working.
I R & U 10
18. A. Trace the passage of material through a rotor spinning machine
and explain.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch explain the principle and working of DREF - 3
machine.
II R & U 10
19. A. Describe the passage of warp yarn through Air jet loom with a neat
sketch.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the different steps involved in weft insertion in projectile
shuttleless loom. Explain them with simple sketch.
III R & U 10
20. A. With neat sketches explain dry laid, wet laid and random laid web
formation.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the various applications of Medical Textiles? Explain. IV R & U 10
21. A. What is Transportation Textiles? Explain the applications of
Transportation textiles.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe the construction and functions of the following protective
clothings:
i) Flame protective clothing ii)Camouflage dress
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 166
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Advanced Textile Manufacture
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O-5401A
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State any two properties of compact yarns. I U
2. What do you understand by multicount and multitwist yarns? I U
3. What are the uses of DREF yarns? II U
4. Mention the speed in rpm of the following parts in a Rotor spinning
machine. (i)Opening roller (ii)Rotor II R, Ap
5. Mention any four merits of projectile loom III R
6. State the two methods of weft transfer technique in rapier loom IV R
7. What are the applications of non-woven fabrics? IV U
8. What do you understand by Geo grids and Geo membranes? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. With a neat sketch explain the working principle of automatic cop transport
system. I U
10. What are the differences between rotor and ring spun yarns? II U
11. What are the uses of Air- Vortex yarns? II U
12. With a neat sketch explain any two types selvedges formed in shuttleless
loom. III U
13. What are the functions of weft accumulators used in shuttleless loom? III R
14. Mention the classification of Medical Textiles. IV R
15. What are the functions of Geo Textiles? V U
16. State the applications of Transportation Textiles. V R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 167
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)
Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-
division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With neat sketches, explain the working of auto doffer in ring frame.
I R&U 10
(OR)
B. Write short notes on the following:
i)Core spun yarns ii)Melange yarns iii)Slub yarns
I R& U 10
18. A. What is the principle of Rotor spinning? Explain the passage of material through Rotor spinning machine with a neat sketch.
II R&U 10
(OR)
B. Draw the passage of material through Air-Vortex spinning machine and explain its working.
II R&U 10
19. A. Describe the construction and working of torsion bar picking mechanism with neat diagram.
III R&U 10
(OR)
B. What are the two systems of rapier head driving mechanisms? Explain them with simple line sketches.
III R&U 10
20. A. With a neat sketch explain the working of needle punching machine and explain the adhesive bonding technique.
IV R&U 10
(OR)
B. Write the classification of Technical Textiles and state the applications of Medical Textiles.
IV R&U 10
21. A. What is Geo Textiles? Describe the applications of Geo Textiles. V R&U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the applications of the following:
i) Transportation Textiles ii) Protective Textiles
V R&U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 168
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 5401B
Course Name : FASHION DESIGNING
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Fashion Designing 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I ELEMENTS &PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN 16
II COLOUR ASPECTS 15
III DESIGN DEVELOPMENT 16
IV WARDROBE PLANNING 15
V FASHION INDUSTRY 15
INDSUTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C602B.1 Explain the principle of dress design, texture and equipment of sketching.
C602B.2 Define colour theory , colour- scheme and Psychology of colour
C602B.3 Explain the structural and decorative design, head theory and pattern in fabrics.
C602B.4 Explain the wardrobe planning and purchase planning
C602B.5 Describe the importance of fashion Industry and fashion shows
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 169
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C602B.1 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1
C602B.2 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1
C602B.3 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1
C602B.4 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1
C602B.5 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1
Total 4 15 10 10 - - - 10 10 5 10 5
Correlation
Level 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 2 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT- I ELEMENTS AND PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN …..16 PERIODS
1.1
Introduction to Elements of Design: Line, Shape, Texture, Colour. Different types
of lines on dresses – Different types of dress shapes – Different types of
Texture on dresses – Light and Shade effects on dresses.
6 Per
1.2 Introduction to Principles of Design: Introducing Unity on dress – Emphasis on
dress – Balance on dress – Proportion on dress – Harmony on dress –
Rhythm on dress. Study of Radiation and Gradation on dress – Illusion created by
Lines, Shapes, Texture, Colour. Equipment for sketching – different types of
pencils, markers, brushes and papers.
10 Per
UNIT- II COLOUR ASPECTS …..15 PERIODS
2.1
Colour theory: Introduction to Light Colour Theory – Pigment Colour Theory –
Primary – Secondary – Tertiary colours – Study of 12 colour wheel – 18
colour wheel
6 Per
2.2 Colour Scheme: Study of Colour dimensions – Hue, Value, Intensity – Study of
Warm and Cool colours – Tints &Shades – Psychology of colour on dress –
Application of colour on different seasons – Brief Study of Colour systems –
Munsell systems, Rood system – Brief Study of Colour harmony.
9 Per
UNIT- III DESIGN DEVELOPMENT …..16 PERIODS
3.1
Structural and Decorative Design: Different types of Structural design on dress –
Study of Decorative items – Different types of decorative design on dress –
Characteristics of good decorative design.
6 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 170
3.2 Design development:Steps in Design development – Designer boards – Mood
board, fabric board, colour board, accessory board. Fashion illustration – Head
theories, illustration techniques – colour, silhouette, and proportion,
understanding fabrics, construction &embellishments. Study of Pattern in fabrics
– Naturalistic abstract – Conventional – Animate – Traditional abstract –
Spot design – All over design
10 Per
UNIT- IV WARDROBE PLANNING ...…15 PERIODS
4.1
Life style analysis: Pre-existing wardrobe analysis – Factors influencing
personality – Study of Wardrobe planning – Formal wear, Casual wear, Leisure
wear and Accessories – Factors to be considered – economic factors – social
factors
8 Per
4.2 Purchase planning: Selection of materials – Wardrobe plans for Teen age
&middle age people – Dress for occasions – Dress for seasons.
7 Per
UNIT- V FASHION INDUSTRY ..…15 PERIODS
5.1
Fashion industry: Importance – Work of Fashion Director – Work of Fashion
Designer – Brief study of American – Dona Karan, Mark Jacob, Ralph Lauren –
French – Pierre Cardin, Christian Dior, Dominique Sirop, Christian Audigier, Italian
– Giorgio Armani, Arberto Biani and Indian designers – Manish Arora, Rhoit Bal
and Ritu Beri Fashion capitals
12 Per
5.2 Fashion shows – Fashion magazines – Study of Fashion forecasting – Steps
involved
3 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications
1. M/s. S.P Apparels, Avinashi
2. M/s. Enrich Exports, Tirupur
3. M/s. B P &Co., Salem
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Innovative fashion design garments for kids.
2. Present Scenerio of Fashion Design
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile manufacture process
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 171
TEXT BOOKS
S.
No Title Author Publisher
Year of
Publishing
1. Illustrating Fashion Kathryn Mc Kelvey&
Janine Munslow
Blackwell
Publishing, UK.
2005
2. Fashion Design Process,
Innovation &Practice
Kathryn Kelvey &Janine
Munslow
Blackwell
Publishing, UK.
2003
3. Art in everyday life Goldstein and Goldstein
Blackwell
Publishing, UK.
2000
4. Elements of Design &
Apparel Design Sumathi.G.J
New Age
International,
Delhi
2002
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1 The Psychology of dress Frank Alvah Double day Page
&Co., Nabu Press
2012
2 The arts of costume &
Personal appearance
Grace Margarit, Morton
John Wiley
&Sons, London
1960
3 How you look and dress Byrta Carson Mc Graw - Hill
Book Co, London.
1959
4 Fabrics and dress
Lucy Rathtone and
Elizabeth
Tarpley
Houghton Mifflin
London
1948
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 172
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fashion Designing
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5401B
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What is texture? I R
2. What is design? I U
3. What are tertiary colours? II R
4. What is mood board? III R
5. What are the economic factors which affect the wardrobe planning? III R
6. Mention anyone Indian designers and their style features. IV R
7. State any two fashion magazines. IV U
8. Mention suitable colour choice for any two occasions. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. What do you understand by Unity on dress? I R
10. What do you understand by radial balance? II U
11. State any three examples for warm and cool colours. III R
12. What do you understand by silhouette? III U
13. What is the impact of peer-group in wardrobe planning? IV U
14. Mention any three features considered in fashion show. IV R
15. What are the special features of Dona Karan designs? V R
16. Draw a motif for spot design. II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 173
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain in detail about the principles of design. I An 10
(OR)
B. Explain with neat diagrams, the effect of different types of lines on
dress.
I R&U 10
18. A. Explain the pigment theory of colours and colour wheels with neat
sketch.
II R&U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the colour systems with neat sketch. II R&U 10
19. A. Explain the various designer boards with neat sketch. III R&U 10
(OR)
B. How will you develop design through picture? Explain. III R&U 10
20. A. How will you plan wardrobe for different seasons? IV R&U 10
(OR)
B. How will you develop a wardrobe plan for a teen-age girl? IV R & An 10
21. A. Explain in detail the importance of fashion magazines and fashion
videos.
V R& An 10
(OR)
B. Explain any two fashion designers in French and Indian designers. V R&U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 174
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Fashion Designing
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5401B
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. List the types of textures. I R
2. State the primary and secondary colours in colour theory. I U
3. What are all the basic needs for accessory board? II R
4. Define the term wardrobe planning. III R
5. What is life style analysis? III R
6. What are the factors to be considered in selecting materials? IV R
7. What are the special features in Christian Dior designs? IV U
8. State the work of fashion director. V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Define the terms: Line, Shape and Texture. I R
10. What is Light colour and Pigment colour theory? II U
11. Define Hue, Value and Intensity. III R
12. Mention the different types of designers boards. III U
13. What are the factors to be considered in selecting materials? IV U
14. Differentiate formal, casual and leisure wear. IV R
15. Mention the factors influencing personality. V An
16. State the importance of fashion industry II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 175
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain in detail about the elements of design. I R&U 10
(OR)
B. Describe in detail about the different types of equipment used for
sketching.
I R&U 10
18. A. Explain the following
i) Psychology of colour on dress ii) Application of colour on
dress
II R&An 10
(OR)
B. Write short notes on i) Munsell system ii) Root system II R&U 10
19. A. Describe the steps involved in design development. III R&U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about embellishments and also its types. III R&U 10
20. A. What are the factors influencing personality? Explain. IV R&U 10
(OR)
B. Elaborate on wardrobe planning for different occasion. IV R&U 10
21. A. Write short notes on
i) Work of fashion director ii) Work of fashion designer
V R&U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about fashion forecasting and their steps involved
in it.
V R&U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 176
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 5402A
Course Name : GARMENT QUALITY CONTROL AND MERCHANDISING
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Periods
/ Week
Periods /
Semester
Max.Marks
Duration Continuous
Assessment
Semester- End
Examination Total
Garment Quality
Control and
Merchandising
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION 12
II TESTING OF GARMENTS 13
III GARMENT CARE LABELING &GARMENT COSTING 12
IV INTRODUCTION TO MERCHANDISING 13
V MERCHANDISE PLANNING 12
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C603A.1 Discuss the quality control and inspection methods
C603A.2 Explain the garment testing instruments and methods of testing
C603A.3 Identify different care labelling in garments and estimate the garment costing
C603A.4 Describe merchandising , role of merchandiser and types of sampling
C603A.5 Explain the merchandising type, merchandising plan, merchandising and types of order
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 177
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C603A.1 - 3 - - - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C603A.2 - 3 - - - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C603A.3 1 3 - - 1 - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C603A.4 - 3 - - - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
C603A.5 - 3 - - - - 1 - 2 2 3 2
Total 1 15 - - 1 - 5 - 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 - - 1 - 1 - 2 2 3 2
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT- I QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTION …12 PERIODS
1.1 Quality Control : Introduction to quality control – definition – Inspection process –
Raw material inspection – Fabric Inspection – 4 point system – 10 point system –
Cutting room inspection – Sewing room Inspection – final inspection – AQL random
sampling inspection – Quality requirements of the garments as per AAMA and ASQC
standards – Product Quality Audit – Documents required before inspection.
5 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kt04K8HnFu8 for garment inspection)
1.2 Defects in garments: Classification of major, minor and critical defects, pattern
defects, spreading defects, cutting defects, stitching defects and seam defects. 3 Per
1.3 Accessories Inspection: Zipper – Button – Sewing thread; In process Inspection –
Preproduction check – During production checks in Spreading – Cutting – Sewing,
Pressing/Finishing.
4 Per
UNIT- II TESTING OF GARMENTS …13 PERIODS
2.1
Garment Testing :Seam strength Testing – Testing of Fabric seam slippage ,button
pull strength – Dimensional changes due to Laundering, Dry cleaning and
Steaming & Pressing – Sewability of fabrics – Bow and Skewness in Woven and
Knitted fabrics – Distortion of yarn in Woven Fabrics
6 Per
2.2 Functional Finish Testing: Testing of Water Resistance and Water Repellency –
Testing for Soil / Stain releasing – Testing of Fusible Interlinings and Elastic Waist
Band – Pantyhose Testing – Wear Testing. 4 Per
2.3 Flammability: Introduction – Degree Flammability Test method – 45˚ and Vertical
Flammability Tests. 3 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1wH6gh9Ays for garment testing )
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 178
UNIT- III GARMENT CARE LABELLING &GARMENT COSTING …12 PERIODS
3.1 Garment Care Label : Introduction to Care labels – its importance – Different
systems of Care labelling – American – British – Japanese – and International
labelling – Eco-labelling. Shade sorting – Introduction – importance Instrumental
shade sorting.
6 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZcKnEXfnUhU for care labels)
3.2 Garment Costing: Elements of costing – Fabric consumption for woven and knits –
Sewing thread consumption – CMT charges for various styles – Costing of woven
garment full Sleeve shirt and Trouser– Costing of Knitted garment – T shirt, night
gown.
6Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ec7Un8gW3PM for CMT charges)
UNIT- IV INTRODUCTION TO MERCHANDISING …13 PERIODS
4.1 Merchandising: Definition – Job Responsibilities of Merchandising Department- Role
of merchandiser in garment industry – Skills of Merchandiser 5 Per
4.2 Different types of samples: Development sample, salesman sample, Approval
sample, Preproduction sample, Production sample, shipment sample – Sample
Developing Process – Approval for various stages of garments. Product Development
for new garment – Production Planning.
8 Per
UNIT- V MERCHANDISE PLANNING …12 PERIODS
5.1 Merchandising Types and plan: Types of Merchandiser: Fashion Merchandiser-
Production Merchandiser – Retail Merchandiser - Planning sales goals– Purpose of a
six months plan, Elements of a six months plan – Analysis of previous merchandising
plan and developing a new plan – Merchandising calendar and scheduling.
7 Per
5.2 Types of Production System and order: Unit Production system- Progressive Bundle System -Whole Production System- Direct order – Merchant order – CMT order – Purchase order – Specification Sheet - Amendment sheet – Buying office – Buyer seller meet.
5 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. Asian Fabricx, Karur
2. M/s. Aryan Fabrics, Karur
3. M/s. K.P.R. Garments, Coimbatore
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Developments in Garment Testing Instruments
2. Role of Merchandiser in Garment Industry
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 179
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.garmentlearner.blogspot.com
2. http..//www.textile smart.com
3. http..//www.textile live.com
4. http..//www.textile slide share.net
TEXT BOOKS
S.No. Title Author Publisher Year of
Publishing
1. Managing Quality in Apparel Industry
Pradip V Mehta New Age International
Publishers, Chennai. 1998
2. Introduction to clothing manufacture
Gerry Cookin Blackwell Publication Oxford UK 2005
3.
An Introduction to Quality
Control for the Apparel Industry
Pradip V Mehta
ASQC Quality press
New York. 2007
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.
No. Title Author Publisher
Year of
Publishing
1. Complete guide to sewing
Reader’s Digest
Sewing Guide
Reader’s Digest Association, Inc, Newyork.
1976
2. Elements of Design &Apparel Design Sumathi.G.J
New Age
International, Delhi 2002
3. Metric Pattern Cutting for
Children’s Wear
Winfred Aldrich
Blackwell Science
Publishing, UK. 2004
4. Zarapkar System of Cutting
K.R.Zarapkar
Navneet Publications
(I) Pvt Ltd, Dantali, Gujarat.
2005
5. Marketing
Management
Philip Kotler Prentice Hall Inc, New Delhi.
2004
6. Garment marketing and merchandising
Dr.V.R.Sampath &
Dr R.Perumalraj
Kalai selvi Pathippagam Coimbatore
2007
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 180
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Garment Quality Control and Merchandising
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5402A
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State any two systems followed for fabric inspection in garment industry. I R
2. Expand AAMA and ASQC. I R
3. What is bow in garments? II U
4. Define water repellency. III R
5. State any two importance of care labelling. III U
6. Mention two types of wash care labelling used in garments. IV R
7. Mention any four roles of merchandiser in garment industry. IV U
8. What do you understand by merchandising planning in garment industry? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State any three importance of cutting room inspection. I U
10. List out the dimensional changes due to laundering II U
11. State any three care label used in American system. III R
12. What are the elements of cost? III U
13. Mention any three types of samples used in garment making. IV R
14. What do you understand by visual merchandising? IV U
15. What is Direct order and Merchant order? V R
16. Why is merchandising important in garment industry? II U
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 181
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain any two fabric inspection systems followed in garment
industry.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the major and critical defects that occur in garment
making?
I R & U 10
18. A. With a neat sketch, explain the seam strength testing method used
in garment testing.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe with a neat line sketch, the water repellency test
procedure used for garment testing.
II R & U 10
19. A. What are the different types of care labelling and its importance in
garments? Explain any five of them with line sketches.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Calculate the garment costing, with the following parameters and
dimensions for polo neck T-shirt
No. of pieces = 5000 Salary of the operator =Rs.9000/month
No. of working days = 25 Line efficiency = 50%
Sewing SAM= 20 min Cutting SAM= 10 min.
Chest = 60 cm Length (HSP to waist) = 75 cm
Sleeve length = 25 cm Fabric used is 30s 100% cotton S/J
fabric. GSM 180, the fabric cost per kg 250rs.
Trims cost 8rs per garment, other cost 15rs. Transport charge per
100 garments 250rs. Profit 15% and GST 5%
III An 10
20. A. Explain the role and responsibilities of merchandiser in garment
industry.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain types of samples followed in the garment making. IV R & U 10
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 182
21. A. Explain the purpose of six months planning followed in garment
industry
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the types of orders used in garment making? V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 183
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Garment Quality Control and Merchandising
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5402A
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What are the two basic defects occur in garment making? I R
2. State any two accessories used in garment making. I U
3. Mention any two garment tests used for garment. II R
4. Define the term water resistance. II R
5. List out the order of American care labelling system III R
6. What do you understand by SAM? III U
7. What are types of Merchandising? IV R
8. List out any three sales goals V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. State any three importance of seam quality in garment. I R
10. Mention any three dimensional changes that occurs in garment after
processing. II U
11. Define flammability. II R
12. Explain the importance of garment costing. III U
13. Mention any three skills required for merchandiser. IV U
14. Mention any three check points for approval of sample. IV R
15. State any three importance of purpose of six month plan V U
16. State the requirements of purchase order in garment industry. V R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 184
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain any two pattern defects, cutting defects, seam defects
and stitch defects that occur in garments.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the accessories used in garment? Explain the any five
accessories used in garment with simple sketches.
I R & U 10
18. A. What is bow and skewness formation in woven and knitted
fabrics? Explain.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch, explain the flammability test used in fabric for
flame proof test.
II R & U 10
19. A. Explain any five care label used in garments with simple sketch. III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain the costing of knitted T-shirt. III R & U 10
20. A. What are the roles and functions of a merchandiser in the
production of garment making? Explain.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the important check points to be considered in the
garment making? Explain any five of them.
IV R & U 10
21. A. Describe the merchandising calendar and scheduling in garment
industry.
V R & U 10
(OR)
B. What are the elements of six months plan in merchandising in
garment industry? Explain.
V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 185
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5402B
Course Name : QUALITY ASSURANCE IN TEXTILE PROCESSING
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Quality Assurance in
Textile Processing 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS
Unit No. Topic No. of Periods
I QUALITY TESTS IN PREPARATION 13
II QUALITY TEST IN COLOURATION 12
III QUALITY TESTS IN FINISHING 13
IV PURITY OF WATER, CHEMICALS AND DYES 12
V CONCEPT OF ECO FRIENDLY PROCESSING 12
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST &MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C603B.1 Explain the quality test and types of test in preparatory process in processing sector.
C603B.2 Explain the different types of fastness test to dyed fabrics.
C603B.3 Explain the determination of efficiency of different types of finished fabrics.
C603B.4 Summarize the estimation of purity of water, chemicals, dyes and computer colour matching.
C603B.5 Discuss the concept of Eco –friendly processing and Eco-Auditing
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 186
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C603B.1 1 3 2 2 1 1 - - 2 1 1 1
C603B.2 2 3 2 2 1 1 - - 2 1 1 1
C603B.3 2 3 2 2 1 1 - - 2 1 1 1
C603B.4 2 3 2 2 1 1 - - 2 1 1 1
C603B.5 - 3 2 2 2 2 2 - 2 1 1 1
Total 7 15 10 10 6 6 2 - 10 5 5 5
Correlation
Level 1.75 3 2 2 1.2 1.2 2 - 2 1 1 1
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT- I QUALITY TESTS IN PREPARATION ...…13 PERIODS
1.1
Quality Test: Need for quality control in textile wet processing – Flow charts
indicating process control and Quality control tests to be carried out in desizing,
scouring, bleaching, mercerizing, souring, dyeing, printing, finishing –
Identification and estimation of residual starch
5 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UO8HfgHJfdsfor scouring process)
1.2 Types of Test : Determination of weight loss during desizing and scouring –
Estimation of residual wax content and total wax content by soxhlet extraction
method – Determination of acid groups by iodimetric method – Determination
of barium activity number – Absorbency tests by Drop test method and Wicking
height method Determination of whiteness and whiteness retention
8 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cb9abssq7bcfor mercerisation process )
UNIT- II QUALITY TESTS IN COLOURATION …..12 PERIODS
2.1
Fastness Test : Requirements for coloured material to meet their end use- Grey
scale and its use in assessing fastness – Determination of fastness to washing –
Determination of fastness to Dry &Wet rubbing
5 Per
(Refer Web Link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Woh3IMm1o1Qfor testing of colour fastness)
2.2 Types of Fastness test : Determination of Light fastness to Artificial light –
Determination of fastness to alkaline and acid perspiration –Determination of
fastness to hot pressing – Determination of fastness to dry cleaning and
sublimation – Determination of fastness to Saliva, Water and Chlorine.
7 Per
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 187
UNIT- III QUALITY TESTS IN FINISHING ….. 13 PERIODS
3.1
Finishing : Determination of efficiency of water proof finished fabric – Determination of efficiency of sanforization of fabric – Determination of efficiency of Flame proof finished fabric –Determination of efficiency of stiffening by bending length method
5 Per
3.2 Types of Finishing : Determination of efficiency of resin finishing by crease recovery angle – Estimation of residual formaldehyde in resin finished fabric – Evaluation of efficiency of wetting agent by sinking time method – Evaluation of efficiency of detergents by foam stability
8 Per
UNIT- IV PURITY OF WATER, CHEMICALS AND DYES .....12 PERIODS
4.1
Purity of water, chemicals and dyes: Quality requirement of water for Textile
Processing – Estimation of purity of Sodium Hydroxide, Sodium Carbonate,
Hydrochloric Acid, Sulphuric Acid, sodium hydro sulphite – Estimation of available
chlorine in Hypochlorite solution – Estimation of strength of Hydrogen Peroxide –
Estimation of purity of dyes by dyeing trails and by using spectrophotometer
7 Per
4.2 Colour Matching: Concept of computer colour matching – advantages of computer
colour matching system and its limitations – Identification of dyes in powder form –
Identification of dyes on cellulosic fibre, protein fibre and synthetic fibre.
5 Per
UNIT- V CONCEPT OF ECO FRIENDLY PROCESSING …..12 PERIODS
5.1
Eco–friendly Processing : Necessity of eco-friendly processing, concept of eco-
friendly processing –German ban – List of Banned amines and chemicals –
alternatives – Eco labelling –Tolerance limits of chemicals and auxiliaries in the
export fabrics – possible sources of contamination of red listed chemicals
7 Per
5.2 Eco-Auditing: Eco-Management –Brief study on ISO 9000 , ISO 14000 certification
and SA 8000 certification.
5 Per
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I.INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications :
1. M/s. K.M.D. Processing, Salem
2. M/s. Velkumar Bleachers, Perumanallur
3. M/s. Sakthi Processing Mills, Chithode.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Black board and as
hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II.SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics:
1. Latest developments in UV Repellent Finish
2. Latest developments in Effluent Treatment Plant
III.OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE/ LEARNING WEBSITES:
1. http..//www.textile learners.com
2. http..//www.dyeing world.com
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 188
3. http..//www.nptelonlinecourses.com
STANDARDS / NORMS / CODES
1. BTRA, ATIRA and NITRA Norms
TEXT BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1. Evaluation of Textile Chemicals,
Technology of Textile
Processing
Dr. V.A Shenai Sevak
Publications,
Wadala
1980
2. Toxicity of dyes and
intermediates
Dr. V.A. Shenai Sevak
Publications,
Mumbai
1980
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title Author Publisher Year of Publishing
1 ISI Handbook of Textile Testing Indian Standard
Institution (Delhi)
Indian Standards
Instn., New Delhi
1982
2 Chemical processing of
synthetic and blends
Vaidya A.A, and
Datye
John Wiley and
Sons, New York
1927
3 Understanding science and
Technology of colour
Dr.Narendra,
S.Ganagakhedkar
Rutu Prakashan,
Mumbai
1957
4 Color Harmony Hideakichijiwa Color Harmony 1930
5 Instrumental Colour
Measurements and Computer
Aided colour matching for
textiles
H.S.Shah,
R.S.Gandhi
Mahajan book
Distributes,
Ahmedabad
1987
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 189
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Quality Assurance in Textile Processing
Model Question Paper - I
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5402B
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. State the process control measures in mercerizing. I R
2. Define BAN. I U
3. What is the use of grey scale? II R
4. For what kind of fabric sublimation fastness is essential? III An
5. What are the common defects in finished product? III R
6. What is computer colour matching system? IV R
7. What do you understand by end point? IV U
8. What is eco-friendly processing? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Explain the necessity of quality control? I R & U
10. State the quality control tests to be carried out in desizing, scouring and
bleaching. II U
11. What is Grey scale? What is its use? III R
12. Explain the sinking time method. III U
13. What are the quality requirements of water for textile processing? IV U
14. What are the advantages of computer colour matching? IV R
15. State any three Banned amines and chemicals V R
16. Explain the concept of eco-friendly processing. II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 190
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. With a neat diagram, explain the estimation of residual wax
content and total wax content.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. Write short notes on i) Ash content ii) Whiteness retention I R & U 10
18. A. Explain in detail about the determination of washing fastness II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe in detail about the dry and wet rubbing fastness tests. II R & U 10
19. A. With a neat sketch, explain the determination of efficiency of
starching by bending length method.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. Write short notes on i) Sinking time test ii) Evaluation of detergent III R & U 10
20. A. What are the advantages and disadvantages and limitations of
CCM?
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. How do you express the strength of NaOCl? Explain how will you
estimate the same in detail with an example.
IV An 10
21. A. What are the possible of contamination of red list? Explain. V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the ISO 14000 system. V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 191
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Quality Assurance in Textile Processing
Model Question Paper - II
Year/Sem: III / VI
Code no: 15O – 5402B
Max. Marks : 75
Time : 3 hr.
PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks)
Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
1. What are the tests involved in bleaching for quality control? I R
2. Mention the name of the test for whiteness retention. I R
3. What do you understand by chlorine fastness? II R
4. State the different temperature for any two fibres in hot pressing fastness. III R
5. How do you identify the efficiency of detergents? III R
6. What do you understand by normality? IV R
7. State the formula for weight in gpl. IV U
8. What is Eco management? V U
PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)
Note : (i) Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks
9. Explain the principle used in absorbency test. I R
10. State the quality control tests to be carried out in desiring, scouring and
bleaching. II U
11. What are the reagents used in dry cleaning fastness? III R
12. Expalin the method of efficiency of water proofing and water repellent test. III U
13. What do you understand by standard dyestuff? IV U
14. Explain the principle of computer colour matching. IV R
15. What are the advantages of eco-friendly processing? V R
16. What are the fastness requirements for coloured material to meet their
end use? II R
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 192
PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- division (B) of each question. (ii) All questions carry equal marks.
Unit
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Marks
17. A. Explain about identification and estimation of residual starch in
desized fabric and discuss its result.
I R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat diagram, explain about the absorbency test by drop
and wicking height method.
I R & U 10
18. A. Explain in detail about both acidic and alkaline perspiration
fastness tests.
II R & U 10
(OR)
B. Describe in detail about the light fastness using Xenon arc lamp. II R & U 10
19. A. Explain the methods of determining the efficiency of water proof
finish and water repellent finish.
III R & U 10
(OR)
B. With a neat sketch, explain the determination of efficiency of resin
finishing by crease recovery angle.
III R & U 10
20. A. How do you express the strength of H2O2? Explain how this is
estimated in detail with example.
IV R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in detail the estimation of purity of sodium hydroxide. IV R & U 10
21. A. List out the banned amines and red listed chemicals. V R & U 10
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about ISO 9000 system. V R & U 10
Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels
as presented below:
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)
R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create
% to be included 90% 10%
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 193
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5403A
Course Name : ADVANCED TEXTILE MANUFACTURE PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods / Week
Periods / Semester
Continuous Assessment
Semester - End
Examination Total
Advanced Textile Manufacture
Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C604A.1 Describe the working and calculate the speeds of important parts , T.P.I & twist constant of Two-for-one-twister
C604A.2 Explain the working principle of rotor spinning and estimate its production
C604A.3 Discuss the working principle of Air jet loom
C604A.4 Describe the working principle of Rapier shuttleless loom
C604A.5 Identify the fabric faults ,remedies and estimate the costing of striped and checked fabrics produced in Rapier loom
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C604A.1 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C604A.2 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C604A.3 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C604A.4 - 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C604A.5 1 3 - - - - - 3 2 2 2 1
Total 4 15 12 8 - - - 15 10 10 14 9
Correlation Level
1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 2.8 1.8
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 194
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study the working principle and material passage through Two for one twister.
2 To draw the gearing arrangement of Two for one Twister and to calculate the speeds of
spindle, pre take up roller , winding drum, yarn deliver rate in inches per minute, meters per
minute, T.P.I &T.P. M.
3 To draw the twist gearing arrangement of Two for one Twister and to calculate the twist
constant and to prepare ready reckoner for T.P.I.
4 To study the working principle and material passage through Rotor spinning machine.
5 To trace the keyboard and push button switches of rotor spinning machine and record their
important functions.
6 To spin a particular yarn count from the given sliver sample in the rotor spinning machine by
calculating the required machine data.
7 To draw the passage of warp and cloth through Air Jet loom in the laboratory. Indicate all the
important machine parts and write their functions. Draw the passage of yarn through main
nozzles and write down the functions of cams.
8 To draw by line diagram the two stages of weft accumulators – i) Knot catcher – in ii) knot
catcher out. Draw the selvedge that is formed in air jet loom. Write down the importance of
catch cord threads and weft cutters and weft sensor used in Air jet loom.
9 To draw the passage of two threads of selvedge yarn through the selvedge motion from the
supply package.
10 To draw the plain and confusor guide system of weft guide used in Air jet loom. Write down
the shedding mechanism fixed in the air jet loom.
11 To draw the primary picking parts of Rapier loom, by showing its sequential location in the
picking zone.
12 To draw the weft laying technique of the weft transfer system in the Picanol GTM AX rapier
Loom in stages. Write down the weft transfer system used in rapier loom.
13 To draw the method of driving the flexible rapier system. Show by line sketch the technique
system by the tip transfer rapier heads. Write down the flexible driving system used in rapier
loom.
14 To study any five major and minor faults and their remedies in the export fabrics.
15 To calculate Fabric costing for striped /checked fabrics produced in Rapier loom.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 195
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Machine Quantity
1. Two for one Twister 1 No.
2. Rotor Spinning Machine 1 No.
3. Air jet loom 1 No.
4. Rapier loom 1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 196
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5403B
Course Name : FASHION DESIGNING PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Fashion Designing
Practical 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C604B.1 Draw different postures of human anatomy and basic garment shapes
C604B.2 Draw 12 colour wheel and colour board for different colour schemes.
C604B.3 Create fabric board for casual wear, structural and decorative garments
C604B.4 Construct fashion garments having flared and fitted effect & decorate it.
C604B.5 Construct garments for men and women based on the student’s own taste
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C604B.1 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 1
C604B.2 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 1
C604B.3 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 1
C604B.4 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 1
C604B.5 1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 1
Total 5 15 15 10 - - - 15 10 5 10 5
Correlation Level
1 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 1 2 1
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 197
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Construct male and female figure using Eight head theory.
2. Draw different postures of Human figure.
3. Design and draw Basic garment shapes, pleats&collars.
4. Draw 12 colour wheel – Prang colour chart.
5. Draw Colour board for related colour scheme.
6. Draw Colour board for contrasting colour scheme.
7. Create Fabric board for casual wear for ladies with suitable colours.
8. Construct Winter wear for men with suitable colours.
9. Create board for structural &decorative garments.
10. Construct Fashion garment having flared effect &decorate it.
11. Construct Fashion garment having fitted effect &decorate it.
12. Construct Garment for men based on the student’s own taste.
13. Construct Garment for women based on the student’s own taste.
LIST OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
S.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1. Scissors 15 Nos.
2. 1 meter scale 10 Nos.
3. Inch tape 5 Nos.
4. French Curve 10 Nos.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 198
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5313
Course Name : GARMENT MANUFACTURE PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Garment
Manufacture
Practical
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C605.1 Construct a A-line frock, Summer frock and Umbrella frock
C605.2 Create basic garments for women’s like Kurta, Chudidhar and night Wear
C605.3 Construct a full arm shirt of men with step by step
C605.4 Create a Kameez, Skirt and T-Shirt
C605.5 Develop apparels for the kids like Bermuda, Pant and Romper
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C605.1 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C605.2 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C605.3 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C605.4 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C605.5 - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Total - 15 15 - - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level - 3 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 199
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Construct A-line frock for given pattern.
2. Construct umbrella frock for given pattern.
3. Construct Ladies night wear for given pattern.
4. Construct summer frock for given pattern.
5. Construct skirt for given pattern.
6. Construct small size chudidhar top / kurta for given pattern.
7. Construct Small Size Chudidhar for Given Pattern
8. Construct Small Size T-Shirt for Given Pattern
9. Construct Medium Size Collar And Neck Band for The Given Pattern
10. Using Appropriate Measurements, Stitch The Drafted Pattern for Full Arm Sleeve With Cuff
11. Using appropriate measurements stitch the front, back and yoke of half sleeve shirt.
12. Construct medium size kameez for given pattern.
13. Construct small size pant for kids.
14. Construct small size bermudas for kids.
15. Construct Romber for Kids for Given Pattern
LIST OF MACHINES REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Machine Quantity
1. Computerised Lock stitch machine 1 No.
2. Button stitching machine 1 No.
3. Button holing machine 1 No.
4. Five thread over lock machine 1 No.
5. Lock stitch machine 7 Nos.
6. Sewing machines 12 Nos.
7. Sewing machines 6 Nos.
8. Fashion maker 1 No.
9. Straight knife cloth cutting machine 1 No.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 200
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 5315
Course Name : TEXTILE AND GARMENT CAD PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Textile and Garment
CAD Practical 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C606.1 Develop a Jacquard design and fabric simulation with different colours
C606.2 Generate striped and checked fabric designs by using Textile CAD
C606.3 Identify tools to create a pattern of the garment using Garment CAD
C606.4 Develop the garment pattern for men, women and kids using Garment CAD
C606.5 Design fashion garments for kids, women and colour simulation.
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C606.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C606.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C606.3 1 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C606.4 1 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
C606.5 1 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Total 3 15 15 15 - - - 15 10 10 15 10
Correlation
Level 1 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 201
DETAILED SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS – TEXTILE DESIGN PRACTICAL
1. Produce a Jacquard design fabric simulation and write the step by step commands.
2. Design a Jacquard fabric and produce the fabric simulation in different colour combinations
and take graph print outs as per the requirements of loom and design creation.
3. Create stripe and checked designs by using textile CAD software and produce the fabric
simulation in different colour combinations.
4. Produce calculation sheet for a dobby design fabric with costing per square meter and other
particulars.
5. Produce a printed design and its colour separation by using printed design software.
6. Produce Texture mapping on various objects and models with new designs created in Dobby
and Jacquard printing software.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS – GARMENT CAD PRACTICAL
1. Learning of different tools used for pattern drafting.
2. Design and draft a ladies night wear and apply a suitable colour.
3. Design and draft a fashion kids wear and apply a contrast colour scheme.
4. Design and draft a T-Shirt and apply suitable colour tint.
5. Draft a pattern of A Line frock, also save it in a folder.
6. Draft a pattern for Full sleeve for Gents shirt with collar.
7. Draft a pattern for chudidhar for women.
8. Grading the A line frock to its lower to higher grades
9. Draw a fashion garment for Ladies using suitable drawing software, Adopt proper colour.
.scheme
scheme
colour scheme.
LIST OF SOFTWAREREQUIRED
1. Textile CAD 15 users
2. Garment CAD 15 users
LIST OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Sl.No. Name of the Equipment Quantity
1. Computer systems 20 Nos.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 202
THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 5317
Course Name : PROJECT WORK
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per Semester: 15 weeks
Course
Instructions Examinations
Max.Marks
Duration Periods /
Week
Periods /
Semester
Continuous
Assessment
Semester -
End
Examination
Total
Project Work 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO On successful completion of this course, students should be able to
C607.1 Gain knowledge on team work through discussion among the students
C607.2 Acquire knowledge on industrial environment and its work ethics.
C607.3 Prepare a final project report and apply the theoretical and practical knowledge suitable for a practical working environment
C607.4 Acquire knowledge on environmental management
C607.5 Gain knowledge on disaster management
CO - POs & PSOs Mapping Matrix
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2
C607.1 1 3 3 1 - - - 3 2 2 2 1
C607.2 - 3 2 1 - 1 2 3 2 2 2 1
C607.3 1 3 2 - - - - 3 2 2 2 1
C607.4 1 1 - 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1
C607.5 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1
Total 4 11 7 4 2 4 4 11 10 10 10 5
Correlation Level
1 2.2 2.3 1 1 1.3 1.3 2.2 2 2 2 1
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 203
EVALUATION FOR AUTONOMOUSEXAMINATION:
Details of Mark allocation Max Marks
Report Preparation, DemoandViva-voce 65
4 questionsare to be setbythe externalexaminer from
thegivenquestionbank consisting of questionsin the
DisasterManagement
andEnvironmentalManagementtopics.Outoffourquestions, two
questions are to be set from each topic.
4 questionsx 2 ½marks=10 Marks
10
Total 75
DETAILED SYLLABUS
1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
1.1 Introduction: Environmental Ethics – Assessment of Socio Economic Impact –
Environmental Audit – Mitigation of adverse impact on Environment – Importance of
Pollution Control – Types of Industries and Industrial Pollution.
1.2 Solid waste management: Characteristics of Industrial wastes – Methods of Collection,
transfer and disposal of solid wastes – Converting waste to energy – Hazardous waste
management Treatment technologies.
1.3 Waste water management: Characteristics of Industrial effluents – Treatment and
disposal methods – Pollution of water sources and effects on human health.
1.4 Air pollution management: Sources and effects – Dispersion of air pollutants – Air
pollution control methods – Air quality management.
1.5 Noise pollution management: Effects of noise on people– Noise control methods.
2. DISASTER MANAGEMENT
2.1 Introduction: Disasters due to natural calamities such as Earthquake, Rain, Flood,
Hurricane, Cyclones, etc. – Man made Disasters – Crisis due to fires, accidents, strikes
etc. – Loss of property and life.
2.2 Disaster Mitigation measures: Causes of major disasters – Risk Identification – Hazard
Zones – Selection of sites for Industries and residential buildings – Minimum distances
from Sea – Orientation of Buildings – Stability of Structures – Fire escapes in buildings
– Cyclone shelters – Warning systems.
2.3 Disaster management : Preparedness, Response, Recovery – Arrangements to be made
in the industries / factories and buildings – Mobilization of Emergency Services – Search
and Rescue operations – First Aids – Transportation of affected people – Hospital
facilities – Fire fighting arrangements – Communication systems – Restoration of
Power supply – Getting assistance of neighbours / Other organizations in Recovery and
Rebuilding works – Financial commitments – Compensations to be paid – Insurances
– Rehabilitation.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 204
LIST OF QUESTIONS - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
1. What is the responsibility of an Engineer-in-charge of an Industry with respect to Public
health?
2. Define Environmental Ethic.
3. How Industries play their role in polluting the environment?
4. What is the necessity of pollution control? What are all the different organizations you
know, which deal with pollution control?
5. List out the different types of pollutions caused by a Chemical / Textile / Leather /
Automobile / Cement factory.
6. What is meant by Hazardous waste?
7. Define Industrial waste management.
8. Differentiate between garbage, rubbish, refuse and trash based on their composition
&source.
9. Explain briefly how the quantity of solid waste generated in an industry could be reduced.
10. What are the objectives of treatments of solid wastes before disposal?
11. What are the different methods of disposal of solid wastes?
12. Explain how the principle of recycling could be applied in the process of waste minimization.
13. Define the term ‘Environmental Waste Audit’.
14. List and discuss the factors pertinent to the selection of landfill site.
15. Explain the purpose of daily cover in a sanitary landfill and state the minimum desirable
depth of daily cover.
16. Describe any two methods of converting waste into energy.
17. What actions, a local body such as a municipality could take when the agency appointed for
collecting and disposing the solid wastes fails to do the work continuously for number of
days?
18. Write a note on Characteristics of hazardous waste.
19. What is the difference between municipal and industrial effluent?
20. List few of undesirable parameters / pollutants anticipated in the effluents from oil refinery
industry / thermal power plants / textile industries / woolen mills / dye industries /
electroplating industries / cement plants / leather industries (any two may be asked)
21. Explain briefly the process of Equalization and Neutralization of waste water of varying
characteristics discharged from an Industry.
22. Explain briefly the Physical treatments “Sedimentation” and “Floatation” processes in the
waste water treatment.
23. Explain briefly when and how chemical / biological treatments are given to the waste water.
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 205
24. List four common advanced waste water treatment processes and the pollutants they
remove.
25. Describe refractory organics and the method used to remove them from the effluent.
26. Explain biological nitrification and de-nitrification.
27. Describe the basic approaches to land treatment of Industrial Effluent.
28. Describe the locations for the ultimate disposal of sludge and the treatment steps needed
prior to ultimate disposal.
29. List any five Industries, which act as the major sources for Hazardous Air Pollutants.
30. List out the names of any three hazardous air pollutants and their effects on human health.
31. Explain the influence of moisture, temperature and sunlight on the severity of air pollution
effects on materials.
32. Differentiate between acute and chronic health effects from Air pollution.
33. Define the term Acid rain and explain how it occurs.
34. Discuss briefly the causes for global warming and its consequences.
35. Suggest suitable Air pollution control devices for a few pollutants and sources.
36. Explain how evaporative emissions and exhaust emissions are commonly controlled.
37. What are the harmful elements present in the automobile smokes? How their presence
could be controlled?
38. What is the Advantage of Ozone layer in the atmosphere? State few reasons for its
destruction.
39. Explain the mechanism by which hearing damage occurs.
40. List any five effects of noise other than hearing damage.
41. Explain why impulsive noise is more dangerous than steady state noise.
42. Explain briefly the Source – Path – Receiver concept of Noise control.
43. Where silencers or mufflers are used? Explain how they reduce the noise.
44. Describe two techniques to protect the receiver from hearing loss when design / redress for
noise control fail.
45. What are the problems faced by the people residing along the side of a railway track and
near to an Airport? What provisions could be made in their houses to reduce the problem?
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 206
LIST OF QUESTIONS - DISASTER MANAGEMENT
1. What is meant by Disaster Management? What are the different stages of Disaster management?
2. Differentiate Natural Disasters and Man made Disasters with examples.
3. Describe the necessity of Risk identification and Assessment Surveys while planning a project.
4. What is Disasters recovery and what does it mean to an Industry?
5. What are the factors to be considered while planning the rebuilding works after a major disaster due to flood / cyclone / earthquake? (Any one may be asked)
6. List out the public emergency services available in the state, which could be approached for help during a natural disaster.
7. Specify the role played by an Engineer in the process of Disaster management.
8. What is the cause for Earthquakes? How they are measured? Which parts of India are more vulnerable for frequent earthquakes?
9. What was the cause for the Tsunami 2004 which inflicted heavy loss to life and property along the coast of Tamilnadu? Specify its epicenter and magnitude.
10. Specify the Earthquake Hazard Zones in which the following towns of Tamilnadu lie:
(a) Chennai (b) Nagapattinam (c) Coimbatore (d) Madurai (e) Salem.
11. Which parts of India are experiencing frequent natural calamities such as (a) heavy rain fall (b) huge losses due to floods (c) severe cyclones
12. Define basic wind speed. What will be the peak wind speed in (a) Very high damage risk zone, (b) High damage risk zone, (c) Low damage risk zone?
13. Specify the minimum distance from the Sea shore and minimum height above the mean sea level, desirable for the location of buildings.
14. Explain how the topography of the site plays a role in the disasters caused by floods &cyclones.
15. Explain how the shape and orientation of buildings could reduce the damages due to cyclones.
16. What is a cyclone shelter? When and where it is provided? What are its requirements?
17. What Precautionary measures have to be taken by the authorities before opening a dam for discharging the excess water into a canal/river?
18. What are the causes for fire accidents? Specify the remedial measures to be taken in buildings to avoid fire accidents.
19. What is a fire escape in multistoried buildings? What are its requirements?
20. How the imamates of a multistory building are to be evacuated in the event of a fire/Chemical spill /Toxic Air Situation/ Terrorist attack, (any one may be asked).
21. Describe different fire fighting arrangements to be provided in an Industry.
22. Explain the necessity of disaster warning systems in Industries.
23. Explain how rescue operations have to be carried out in the case of collapse of buildings due to earthquake / blast / Cyclone / flood.
24. What are the necessary steps to be taken to avoid dangerous epidemics after a flood disaster?
Diploma in Textile Technology Page 207
LIST OF QUESTIONS - DISASTER MANAGEMENT
25. What relief works that has to be carried out to save the lives of workers when the factory area is suddenly affected by a dangerous gas leak / sudden flooding?
26. What are the difficulties faced by an Industry when there is a sudden power failure? How such a situation could be managed?
27. What are the difficulties faced by the Management when there is a group clash between the workers? How such a situation could be managed?
28. What will be the problems faced by the management of an Industry when a worker dies because of the failure of a mechanical device due to poor maintenance? How to manage such a situation?
29. What precautionary measures have to be taken to avoid accidents to laborers in the Industry in a workshop / during handling of dangerous Chemicals / during construction of buildings / during the building maintenance works.
30. Explain the necessity of medical care facilities in an Industry / Project site.
31. Explain the necessity of proper training to the employees of Industries dealing with hazardous products, to act during disasters.
32. What type of disaster is expected in coal mines, cotton mills, Oil refineries, ship yards and gas plants?
33. What is meant by Emergency Plan Rehearsal? What are the advantages of such Rehearsals?
34. What action you will take when your employees could not reach the factory site because of continuous strike by Public Transport workers?
35. What immediate actions you will initiate when the quarters of your factory workers are suddenly flooded due to the breach in a nearly lake / dam, during heavy rain?
36. What steps you will take to avoid a break down when the workers union of your Industry have given a strike notice?
37. List out few possible crisis in an organization caused by its workers? What could be the part of the middle level officials in managing such crisis?
38. What types of warning systems are available to alert the people in the case of predicted disasters, such as floods, cyclone etc.
39. Explain the necessity of Team work in the crisis management in an Industry / Local body.
40. What factors are to be considered while fixing compensation to the workers in the case of severe accidents causing disability / death to them?
41. Explain the legal / financial problems the management has to face if safely measures taken by them are found to be in adequate.
42. Describe the importance of insurance to men and machinery of an Industry dealing with dangerous jobs.
43. What precautions have to be taken while storing explosives in a match/ fire crackers factory?
44. What arrangements required for emergency rescue works in the case of Atomic Power Plants?
45. Why residential quarters are not constructed nearer to Atomic Power Plants?